Command Line Reference Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsComputer equipmentNetworking Z9500

Dell Networking Command-Line Reference

Guide for the Z9500 Switch

Version 9.5(0.1)

Summary of content (1727 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell Networking Command-Line Reference Guide for the Z9500 Switch Version 9.5(0.
PAGE 2
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Copyright © 2014 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual property laws.
PAGE 3
Contents 1 About this Guide................................................................................................. 42 Objectives............................................................................................................................................42 Audience..............................................................................................................................................42 Conventions...................................................................
PAGE 4
cam-acl............................................................................................................................................... 88 cam-audit linecard..............................................................................................................................89 clear alarms......................................................................................................................................... 90 clear line................................................
PAGE 5
show environment.............................................................................................................................137 show inventory..................................................................................................................................138 show memory................................................................................................................................... 140 show processes cpu......................................................
PAGE 6
dot1x tx-period..................................................................................................................................195 show dot1x cos-mapping interface................................................................................................. 196 show dot1x interface......................................................................................................................... 197 6 Access Control Lists (ACL)......................................................
PAGE 7
Common MAC ACL Commands......................................................................................................259 clear counters mac access-group............................................................................................. 259 mac access-group......................................................................................................................260 show mac access-lists...............................................................................................
PAGE 8
set level........................................................................................................................................307 set local-preference................................................................................................................... 308 set metric.................................................................................................................................... 309 set metric-type.............................................................
PAGE 9
bgp bestpath router-id ignore....................................................................................................344 bgp client-to-client reflection....................................................................................................345 bgp cluster-id..............................................................................................................................346 bgp confederation identifier........................................................................
PAGE 10
neighbor ebgp-multihop............................................................................................................384 neighbor fall-over....................................................................................................................... 385 neighbor filter-list....................................................................................................................... 386 neighbor graceful-restart...................................................................
PAGE 11
show ip bgp paths as-path......................................................................................................... 439 show ip bgp paths community.................................................................................................. 440 show ip bgp peer-group.............................................................................................................441 show ip bgp regexp..............................................................................................
PAGE 12
bgp log-neighbor-changes........................................................................................................ 477 bgp non-deterministic-med.......................................................................................................477 bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop..................................................................................................... 478 bgp regex-eval-optz-disable........................................................................................
PAGE 13
neighbor remote-as................................................................................................................... 508 neighbor remove-private-as...................................................................................................... 509 neighbor route-map................................................................................................................... 510 neighbor route-reflector-client........................................................................
PAGE 14
9 Content Addressable Memory (CAM)........................................................... 539 CAM Profile Commands................................................................................................................... 539 cam-acl (Configuration)............................................................................................................. 539 cam-acl-egress...........................................................................................................................
PAGE 15
show hardware layer3.................................................................................................................601 show hardware system-flow......................................................................................................603 tcpdump......................................................................................................................................606 12 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)........................................
PAGE 16
show ip dhcp snooping.............................................................................................................. 635 13 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP)..................................................................... 636 ecmp-group......................................................................................................................................636 hash-algorithm............................................................................................................
PAGE 17
show garp timers.............................................................................................................................. 674 show gvrp.......................................................................................................................................... 675 show gvrp statistics...........................................................................................................................676 17 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP).....................
PAGE 18
interface range.............................................................................................................................714 interface range macro (define)....................................................................................................717 interface range macro name...................................................................................................... 718 interface vlan.......................................................................................
PAGE 19
HiGig Port Channel Commands....................................................................................................... 777 clear hardware hg-stats.............................................................................................................. 778 hg-link-bundle-monitor enable................................................................................................. 779 hg-link-bundle-monitor rate-interval........................................................................
PAGE 20
ip domain-lookup............................................................................................................................. 818 ip domain-name............................................................................................................................... 819 ip helper-address..............................................................................................................................820 ip helper-address hop-count disable......................................
PAGE 21
permit (for IPv6 ACLs).......................................................................................................................879 permit icmp (for IPv6 ACLs)............................................................................................................. 880 permit tcp (for IPv6 ACLs)................................................................................................................ 882 permit udp (for IPv6 ACLs).........................................................
PAGE 22
debug isis.......................................................................................................................................... 926 debug isis adj-packets...................................................................................................................... 927 debug isis local-updates.................................................................................................................. 928 debug isis snp-packets.................................................
PAGE 23
metric-style.......................................................................................................................................966 multi-topology..................................................................................................................................967 net..................................................................................................................................................... 968 passive-interface.......................................
PAGE 24
show mac-address-table aging-time...................................................................................... 1014 show mac learning-limit........................................................................................................... 1015 Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands...................................................................................................... 1016 default vlan-id.....................................................................................................
PAGE 25
LLDP-MED Commands...................................................................................................................1051 advertise med guest-voice....................................................................................................... 1052 advertise med guest-voice-signaling.......................................................................................1053 advertise med location-identification.............................................................................
PAGE 26
ip msdp sa-limit.............................................................................................................................. 1087 ip msdp shutdown..........................................................................................................................1088 ip multicast-msdp...........................................................................................................................1089 show ip msdp................................................................
PAGE 27
enable inverse-mask..................................................................................................................1127 fast-convergence...................................................................................................................... 1128 flood-2328.................................................................................................................................1129 graceful-restart grace-period.............................................................
PAGE 28
show ip ospf neighbor...............................................................................................................1178 show ip ospf routes................................................................................................................... 1179 show ip ospf statistics............................................................................................................... 1180 show ip ospf timers rate-limit.................................................................
PAGE 29
33 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM)....................................................................... 1228 IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands............................................................................................... 1228 clear ip pim rp-mapping........................................................................................................... 1228 clear ip pim tib...........................................................................................................................
PAGE 30
ipv6 pim spt-threshold............................................................................................................. 1266 show ipv6 pim bsr-router.........................................................................................................1266 show ipv6 pim interface............................................................................................................1267 show ipv6 pim neighbor...................................................................................
PAGE 31
38 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+).................................................... 1307 description.......................................................................................................................................1307 disable............................................................................................................................................. 1308 extend system-id...............................................................................................
PAGE 32
policy-aggregate....................................................................................................................... 1347 policy-map-input......................................................................................................................1348 policy-map-output................................................................................................................... 1349 qos-policy-input..............................................................................
PAGE 33
ip poison-reverse............................................................................................................................1389 ip rip receive version.......................................................................................................................1390 ip rip send version........................................................................................................................... 1391 ip split-horizon........................................................
PAGE 34
protocol spanning-tree rstp........................................................................................................... 1432 show config.....................................................................................................................................1433 show spanning-tree rstp................................................................................................................ 1433 spanning-tree rstp................................................................
PAGE 35
ip radius source-interface.........................................................................................................1474 radius-server deadtime............................................................................................................. 1475 radius-server host..................................................................................................................... 1476 radius-server key.................................................................................
PAGE 36
ip ssh server............................................................................................................................... 1510 ip ssh source-interface..............................................................................................................1513 show crypto............................................................................................................................... 1514 show ip ssh.........................................................................
PAGE 37
show snmp engineID................................................................................................................ 1550 show snmp group..................................................................................................................... 1550 show snmp user.........................................................................................................................1551 snmp ifmib ifalias long...........................................................................
PAGE 38
47 SNMP Traps................................................................................................... 1596 48 Storm Control.............................................................................................. 1600 show storm-control broadcast......................................................................................................1600 show storm-control multicast........................................................................................................
PAGE 39
ntp source....................................................................................................................................... 1638 ntp trusted-key............................................................................................................................... 1639 ntp update-calendar.......................................................................................................................1640 show calendar.........................................................
PAGE 40
clear vlt statistics............................................................................................................................. 1677 delay-restore...................................................................................................................................1678 lacp ungroup member-independent............................................................................................. 1679 multicast peer-routing timeout....................................................
PAGE 41
priority........................................................................................................................................ 1712 show config............................................................................................................................... 1713 show vrrp................................................................................................................................... 1714 version ................................................................
PAGE 42
1 About this Guide This book provides information about the Dell Networking operating system (OS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in the Dell Networking OS on the Z9500 switch.
PAGE 43
parameter Parameters are in italics and require a number or word to be entered in the CLI. {X} Keywords and parameters within braces must be entered in the CLI. [X] Keywords and parameters within brackets are optional. x|y Keywords and parameters separated by a bar require you to choose one option. x||y Keywords and parameters separated by a double bar allows you to choose any or all of the options.
PAGE 44
CLI Basics 2 This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. Dell Networking OS commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols. Accessing the Command Line When the system boots successfully, you are positioned on the command line in EXEC mode and not prompted to log in. You can access the commands through a serial console port or a Telnet session.
PAGE 45
When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, the system sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of keywords at any command mode: Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?.
PAGE 46
definition dot1x Configure 802.
PAGE 47
service-class based QoS/Routing mapping sflow snmp snmp-server storm-control strict-priority priority queue switch Memory Limits mount tacacs-server uplink-state-group and configurations username authentication util-threshold configurations virtual-ip vlan-stack vlt wred-profile Define service class to policy sFlow configuration Modify SNMP parameters Modify SNMP parameters Configure storm-control Configure a Queue as a strict Configure Script CPU and Mount target directory Set up TACACS+ server Uplink sta
PAGE 48
Key Combination Action CNTL-U Deletes the line. CNTL-W Deletes the previous word. CNTL-X Deletes the line. CNTL-Z Ends continuous scrolling of the command outputs. Esc B Moves the cursor back one word. Esc F Moves the cursor forward one word. Esc D Deletes all the characters from the cursor to the end of the word. Navigating the CLI The Dell Networking OS displays a CLI prompt comprised of the host name and CLI mode. • Host name is the initial part of the prompt and is “Dell” by default.
PAGE 49
display displays additional configuration information except displays only the text that does not match the pattern (or regular expression) find searches for the first occurrence of a pattern grep displays text that matches a pattern. The grep command option has an ignore-case suboption that makes the search case-insensitive.
PAGE 50
1. Verify that you are logged in to ROUTER BGP mode. 2. Enter the command address-family then the protocol type (ipv4 multicast or ipv6 unicast). The prompt changes to include (conf-router_bgp_af) for IPv4 or (conf-router_bgpv6_af) for IPv6. CLASS-MAP Mode To create or configure a class map, use CLASS-MAP mode. For more information, refer to Policy-Based QoS Commands. To enter CLASS-MAP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 51
DHCP POOL Mode To create an address pool, use DHCP POOL mode. For more information, refer to Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). To enter DHCP POOL mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to DHCP mode. 2. Enter the pool command then the pool name. The prompt changes to include (config-dhcp-poolname). You can return to DHCP mode by using the exit command. ECMP GROUP Mode To enable or configure traffic distribution monitoring on an ECMP link bundle, use ECMP GROUP mode.
PAGE 52
can access CONFIGURATION mode to configure interfaces, routes and protocols on the switch. While you are logged in to EXEC Privilege mode, the # prompt is displayed. EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Mode To enable and configure a BGP extended community, use EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST mode. For more information, refer to BGP Extended Communities (RFC 4360). To enter EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 53
Prompt Interface Type Dell(conf-iffo-0/0)# Forty-Gigabit Ethernet interface then slot/port information Dell(conf-iflo-0)# Loopback interface number Dell(conf-ifnu-0)# Null Interface then zero Dell(conf-ifpo-0)# Port-channel interface number Dell(conf-ifvl-0)# VLAN Interface then VLAN number (range 1–4094) Dell(conf-ifma-0/0)# Management Ethernet interface then slot/port information Dell(conf-iftu-0)# Tunnel interface then tunnel ID.
PAGE 54
1. Verify that you are logged in to LLDP mode. 2. Enter the management-interface command. The prompt changes to include (conf-lldp-mgmtIf). LINE Mode To configure the console or virtual terminal parameters, use LINE mode. To enter LINE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the line command. Include the keywords console or vty and their line number available on the switch. The prompt changes to include (config-line-console) or (config-line-vty).
PAGE 55
NOTE: The protocol name is PVST+, but the plus sign is dropped at the CLI prompt. To enter PVST+ mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree pvst command. The prompt changes to include (confpvst). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP Mode To configure shared LAG state tracking, use PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode. For more information, refer to Port Channel Commands.
PAGE 56
QOS POLICY Mode To configure ETS bandwidth allocation and scheduling for priority traffic, use QOS POLICY mode. To enter QOS POLICY mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the qos-policy-output command, then the policy name, then ets. The prompt changes to include (conf-qos-policy-out-ets). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. RAPID SPANNING TREE (RSTP) Mode To enable and configure RSTP, use RSTP mode.
PAGE 57
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the router ospf {process-id} command. The prompt changes to include (confrouter_ospf-id). You can switch to INTERFACE mode by using the interface command or you can switch to ROUTER RIP mode by using the router rip command. ROUTER OSPFV3 Mode To configure OSPF for IPv6, use ROUTER OSPFV3 mode. For more information, refer to Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3). To enter ROUTER OSPFV3 mode: 1.
PAGE 58
VRRP Mode To enable and configure Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), use VRRP mode. For more information, refer to Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP). To enter VRRP mode: 1. To enable VRRP globally, verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the vrrp-group command then enter the VRRP group ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-if-interface-type-slot/port-vrid-vrrp-group-id).
PAGE 59
File Management 3 This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the Z9500 switch. boot system Specify the location where the Dell Networking OS image used to boot the system is stored.
PAGE 60
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. To display these changes in the show bootvar command output, save the running configuration to the startup configuration (using the copy command) and reload system.
PAGE 61
CAUTION: This command deletes all files, including the startup configuration file. So, after executing this command, consider saving the running config as the startup config (use the write memory command or copy run start command). restore factory-defaults Restore factory defaults on a switch. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information restore factory-defaults {clear-all | nvram} factorydefaults Return the switch to its factory-default settings.
PAGE 62
Proceed with factory settings? Confirm [yes/no]:n show boot system Displays information about boot images currently stored on the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show boot system all all Display the boot images stored on the system for the Control Processor, Route Processor, and line card CPUs.
PAGE 63
show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters. Z9500 Syntax show bootvar Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 64
show file Display contents of a text file in the local filesystem. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show file filesystem filesystem Enter one of the following: • For internal flash, enter flash: • For USB flash, enter usbflash: Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 65
! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 no ip address shutdown Related Commands format flash — Erases all the existing files and reformats the file system in the internal flash memory. show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show os-version [file-url] file-url (OPTIONAL) Enter the following location keywords and information: • For a file on the internal flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename.
PAGE 66
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell# show os-version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : ------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime Z-Series: ZC 9.2(1.0B5) 99224598 Mar 15 2014 09:35:06 TARGET IMAGE INFORMATION : ----------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum runtime 9.2(1.0B5) CP passed runtime 9.2(1.0B5) LP passed runtime 9.2(1.
PAGE 67
show running-config Display the current configuration and display changes from the default values. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show running-config [entity] [configured] [status] entity (OPTIONAL) To display that entity’s current (non-default) configuration, enter one of the following keywords: NOTE: If you did not configure anything that entity, nothing displays and the prompt returns.
PAGE 68
igmp for the current IGMP configuration interface for the current interface configuration interface tunnel for all configured tunnels. For a specific tunnel, enter the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383.
PAGE 69
File Management qos-policyoutput for the current output QoS policy configuration radius for the current RADIUS configuration redirectlist for the current redirect-list configuration redundancy for the current RPM redundancy configuration resolve for the current DNS configuration rip for the current RIP configuration rmon for the current RMON configuration route-map for the current route map configuration sflow for the current sFlow configuration snmp for the current SNMP configuration s
PAGE 70
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 71
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 72
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell#show version Dell Force10 Real Time Operating System Software Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Force10 Application Software Version: 9.2(1.0B5) Copyright (c) 1999-2013 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
PAGE 73
Example Lines Beginning With Description Chassis Type: Chassis type (for example, E1200, E600, E600i, E300, C300, C150, S25, S50, S55, S60, S4810) Control Processor:... Control processor information and amount of memory on processor Route Processor 1:... Route processor 1 information and the amount of memory on that processor Route Processor 2:... Route processor 2 information and the amount of memory on that processor 128K bytes... Amount and type of memory on system 1 Route Processor...
PAGE 74
Parameters bootflashimage Enter the keyword bootflash-image to upgrade the GRUB bootloader image. bootselectorimage Enter the keyword bootselector-image to upgrade the BIOS system image. Use this option only with TAC supervision. system all Enter the keywords system all to upgrade the bootflash or bootselector image on all Z9500 CPUs: Control Processor, Route Processor, and line-card CPUs. booted Enter the keyword booted to upgrade Z9500 CPUs using the currently loaded operating system (OS) image.
PAGE 75
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Added support for TFTP and SCP. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. A system message displays with status information about the bootflash upgrade. RFC 3986 specifies that IPv6 host addresses in a uniform resource identifier (URI) must be enclosed in square brackets, [X:X:X:X::X]. For maximum flexibility this command accepts IPv6 host addresses with or without the square brackets. Reload the system after executing this command.
PAGE 76
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z-Series.
PAGE 77
Related Commands • upgrade fpga-image system fpga booted — upgrades the FPGA devices in all Z9500 CPUs. upgrade fpga-image system cpld booted Use this command to upgrade the CPLD devices in the Z9500 Route Processor and Control Processor CPUs using the currently running Dell Networking operating-system image (and only when required by the upgrade procedure in the Z9500 release notes).
PAGE 78
************************************************************ Upgrade CPLD image for system [yes/no]: yes FPGA upgrade in progress!!! Please do NOT power off the unit !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Usage Information Do not restart the switch while an upgrade is progressing. Restarting the chassis during an upgrade may corrupt critical boot components.
PAGE 79
*************************************************************** ******** * Warning - Upgrading FPGA is inherently risky and should * * only be attempted when necessary. A failure at this upgrade may * * cause a board RMA.
PAGE 80
tftp: file-url Enter the keyword tftp: and specify the location of the image file in the format //host-ip/filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. flash: file-url Enter the keyword flash: and specify the location of the image file in the format //directory-path or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence.
PAGE 81
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!................................................... ............................................................... ............................................................... .............! 93924044 bytes successfully copied System image upgrade completed successfully.
PAGE 82
Example • verify md5 flash://img-file • verify sha256 flash://img-file • verify sha256 flash://img-file Without Entering the Hash Value for Verification using SHA256 Dell# verify sha256 flash://FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin SHA256 hash for FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin: e6328c06faf814e6899ceead219afbf9360e986d692988023b749e6b2093e93 3 Entering the Hash Value for Verification using SHA256 Dell# verify sha256 flash://FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.
PAGE 83
Control and Monitoring 4 This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) as they are implemented in the Dell Networking OS on the Z9500 switch. asf-mode Enable the transmission of Alternate Store and Forward (ASF) packets as soon as a threshold is reached. Z9500 Syntax asf-mode linecard {slot-id | all} To return to standard Store and Forward mode, use the no asf-mode linecard command.
PAGE 84
banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. Z9500 Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command. Parameters c Enter the keywords banner exec, then enter a character delineator, represented here by the letter c. Press ENTER. line Enter a text string for your banner message ending the message with your delineator. In the following example, the delineator is a percent character (%); the banner message is “testing, testing”.
PAGE 85
Dell(conf)#end Dell#exit 4d21h5m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user on line console This is the banner FTOS con0 now available Press RETURN to get started. 4d21h6m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user on line console This is the banner Dell> Related Commands exec-banner — Enables the display of a text string when you enter EXEC mode. line — enables and configures the console and virtual terminal lines to the system.
PAGE 86
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the keyword keyboard-interactive. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character.
PAGE 87
banner motd Set a message of the day (MOTD) banner. Z9500 Syntax Parameters banner motd c line c c Enter a delineator character to specify the limits of the text banner. The delineator is a percent character (%). line Enter a text string for your MOTD banner the message with your delineator. The delineator is a percent character (%). Defaults No banner is configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 88
cam-acl Allocate content addressable memory (CAM) for IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 89
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(0.0) Added support for the fcoe parameter on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OpenFlow on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added the keywords fcoeacl and iscsioptacl on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vmandual-qos. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 90
interval timein-minutes Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Enter the keyword interval followed by the frequency in minutes of the CAM audit. Range: 5 to 1440 minutes (24 hours). Default: 60 minutes. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Enables periodic audits of the software and hardware copies of the IPv4 forwarding table. clear alarms Clear alarms on the system.
PAGE 91
Usage Information This command clears alarms that are no longer active. If an alarm situation is still active, it is seen in the system output. clear line Reset a terminal line. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear line {line-number | console 0 | vty number} line-number Enter a number for one of the 12 terminal lines on the system. The range is from 0 to 11. console 0 Enter the keywords console 0 to reset the console port. vty number Enter the keyword vty then a number to clear a terminal line.
PAGE 92
clear trace Clear the software trace log file from a Z9500 CPU. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear trace software [rp | linecard slot-id] rp Enter the keyword rp to clear the software trace log from the Route Processor CPU. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card CPU whose software trace log you want to clear. Defaults Clear the trace log files from all Z9500 CPUs. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 93
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell#configure Dell(conf)# debug cpu-traffic-stats Enable the collection of computer processor unit (CPU) traffic statistics.
PAGE 94
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command enables (and disables) the collection of CPU traffic statistics from the time this command is executed (not from system boot). However, excessive traffic a CPU receives automatically triggers (turn on) the collection of CPU traffic statics. The following message is an indication that collection of CPU traffic is automatically turned on. To view the traffic statistics, use the show cputraffic-stats command.
PAGE 95
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. disable Return to EXEC mode. Z9500 Syntax Parameters disable [level] level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 96
do Allows the execution of most EXEC-level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level. Z9500 Syntax Parameters do command command Enter an EXEC-level command. Defaults none Command Modes • CONFIGURATION • INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 97
Proceed with reload [confirm yes/no]: n Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# enable Enter EXEC Privilege mode or any other privilege level configured. After entering this command, you may need to enter a password. Z9500 Syntax Parameters enable [level] level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. Defaults 15 Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 98
at a specific privilege level. If no privilege level is specified, the default is privilege level 15. NOTE: If you are authorized for the EXEC Privilege mode by your role, you do not need to enter an enable password. Related Commands enable password — configures a password for the enable command and to access a privilege level. enable optic-info-update interval Enable polling intervals of optical information updates for simple network management protocol (SNMP).
PAGE 99
end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes). Z9500 Syntax end Command Modes • CONFIGURATION • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • LINE • INTERFACE • TRACE-LIST • VRRP • ACCESS-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 100
exec-banner Enable the display of a text string when the user enters EXEC mode. Z9500 Syntax exec-banner To disable the banner on terminal lines, use the no exec-banner command. Defaults Enabled on all lines (if configured, the banner appears). Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 101
To return to default settings, use the no exec-timeout command. Parameters minutes Enter the number of minutes of inactivity on the system before disconnecting the current session. The range is from 0 to 35791. The default is 10 minutes for the console line and 30 minutes for the VTY line. seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 2147483. The default is 0 seconds.
PAGE 102
Command Modes Command History • EXEC Privilege • CONFIGURATION • LINE, INTERFACE • TRACE-LIST • PROTOCOL GVRP • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • MAC ACCESS LIST • ACCESS-LIST • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 103
ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system. Z9500 Syntax ftp-server enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Control and Monitoring Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 104
Related Commands ftp-server topdir — sets the directory to be used for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series. ftp-server username — sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series. ftp-server topdir Specify the top-level directory to be accessed when an incoming FTP connection request is made. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ftp-server topdir directory directory Enter the directory path. Defaults The internal flash is the default directory.
PAGE 105
ftp-server username — sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections. ftp-server username Create a user name and associated password for incoming FTP server sessions. Z9500 Syntax ftp-server username username password [encryption-type] password To delete a user name and its password, use the no ftp-server username username command. Parameters username Enter a text string up to 40 characters long as the user name.
PAGE 106
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. hostname Set the host name of the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters hostname name name Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long. Defaults Dell Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 107
ip ftp password Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections. Z9500 Syntax ip ftp password [encryption-type] password To remove a password and return to the default setting, use the no ip ftp password [password] command. Parameters encryptiontype password (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following numbers: • 0 (zero) for an unecrypted (clear text) password • 7 (seven) for a hidden text password Enter a string up to 40 characters as the password. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 108
ip ftp source-interface Configure an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for FTP connections. Z9500 Syntax ip ftp source-interface interface To delete an interface, use the no ip ftp source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number.
PAGE 109
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. ip ftp username Assign a user name for outgoing FTP connection requests. Z9500 Syntax ip ftp username username To return to anonymous FTP connections, use the no ip ftp username [username] command. Parameters username Enter a text string as the user name up to 40 characters long. Defaults No user name is configured.
PAGE 110
Related Commands ip ftp password — sets the password for FTP connections. ip http source-interface Configure an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for HTTP connections. Z9500 Syntax ip http source-interface interface To delete an interface, use theno ip http source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 111
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series ip telnet server enable Enable the Telnet server on the switch. Z9500 Syntax ip telnet server enable To disable the Telnet server, use the no ip telnet server enable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 112
To return to the default setting, use the no ip telnet source-interface [interface] command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 113
ip tftp source-interface Assign an interface’s IP address in outgoing packets for TFTP traffic. Z9500 Syntax ip tftp source-interface interface To return to the default setting, use the no ip tftp source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel, enter the keyword port-channel then a number.
PAGE 114
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command line Enable and configure console and virtual terminal lines to the system. This command accesses LINE mode, where you can set the access conditions for the designated line. Z9500 Syntax Parameters line {console 0 | vty number [end-number]} console 0 Enter the keyword console 0 to configure the console port. The console option for the S-Series is <0-0>.
PAGE 115
Version Description E-Series Original command Usage Information You cannot delete a terminal connection. Related Commands access-class — restricts the incoming connections to a particular IP address in an IP access control list (ACL). password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines. logging coredump server Configure the switch to move (upload) a core dump for an application or kernel crash to an external FTP server.
PAGE 116
Usage Information Version Description 9.0(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. The Z9500 supports full core dumps for kernel crashes. The kernel core dump applies to all Z9500 CPUs and is not enabled by default. To enable full kernel core dumps, enter the logging coredump command in global configuration mode. The kernel core dump is copied to the Control Processor (CP) core-dump directory: flash://CORE_DUMP_DIR/f10_cpu_timestamp.kcore.
PAGE 117
Defaults Enabled on all lines. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.
PAGE 118
count Enter the number of echo packets to be sent. The default is 5. • number: from 1 to 2147483647 • continuous: transmit echo request continuously datagram size Enter the ICMP datagram size. The range is from 36 to 15360 bytes. The default is 100. timeout Enter the interval to wait for an echo reply before timing out. The range is from 0 to 3600 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. source Enter the IPv4 or IPv6 source ip address or the source interface.
PAGE 119
sweep-maxsize Enter the maximum size of datagram in sweep range. The range is from 53 to 15359 bytes. sweep-interval Enter the incremental value for sweep size. The range is from 1 to 15308 seconds. ointerface (IPv4 only) Enter the outgoing interface for multicast packets. Enter the IP address in A.B.C.D format. • For a Port Channel, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 120
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series. When you enter the ping command without specifying an IP/IPv6 address (Extended Ping), you are prompted for a target IP/IPv6 address, a repeat count, a datagram size (up to 1500 bytes), a timeout (in seconds), and for extended commands. For information on ICMP message types, refer to the Usage Information in deny icmp.
PAGE 121
reload Reboot the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters reload [conditional nvram-cfg-change] conditional nvram-cfgchange Reload if the condition is true. A configuration change to the nvram requires a switch reload. To reload the switch, select nvram-cfg-change. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 122
Parameters * Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines. line Send a message to a specific line. The range is from 0 to 11. console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the primary terminal line. vty Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the virtual terminal. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 123
To disable timestamping, use the no service timestamps [debug | log] command. Parameters debug (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword debug to add timestamps to debug messages. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to add timestamps to log messages with severity from 0 to 6. datetime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword datetime to have the current time and date added to the message. localtime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword localtime to include the localtime in the timestamp.
PAGE 124
To view the current options set for the service timestamps command, use the show running-config command. show alarms View alarms for the system Core, switching core, port modules, fan trays, and power supplies. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show alarms [threshold] threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword threshold to display the temperature thresholds set for the line cards, RPM, and SFMs. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 125
PEM 0 in unit 0 down PEM 2 in unit 0 down 25 sec 6 sec Dell#show alarms threshold -- System Core --- Temperature Limits (deg C) --------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Minor Off Major Major Off Shutdown S0 50 45 50 45 N/A S1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A S2 50 45 50 45 N/A S3 50 45 50 45 N/A S4 40 35 40 35 N/A S5 50 45 50 45 N/A S6 67 62 67 62 N/A S7 68 63 68 63 N/A S8 66 61 66 61 N/A S9 66 61 66 61 N/A -- Switching Core --- Temperature Limits (deg C) ------------------------
PAGE 126
show asf View statistics about the Alternate Store and Forward (ASF) packets that are transmitted on Z9500 line cards. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show asf linecard slot-id linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of a Z9500 line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Defaults all Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 127
Related Commands debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging. show command-history Display a buffered log of all commands all users enter along with a time stamp. Z9500 Syntax show command-history Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 128
[11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[enable password 7 ******]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[username admin password 7 ******]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[enable restricted 7 ******]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[protocol spanning-tree rstp]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[protocol spanning-tree pvst]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[no disable]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[interface ten
PAGE 129
show command-tree Display the entire CLI command tree, and optionally, display the utilization count for each command and its options. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show command-tree [count | no] count Display the command tree with a usage counter for each command. no Display all of the commands that may be preceded by the keyword no, which is the keyword used to remove a command from the running-configuration.
PAGE 130
aaa authentication enable command usage:1 WORD option usage: 1 default option usage: 0 enable option usage: 0 line option usage: 0 none option usage: 0 radius option usage: 1 tacacs+ option usage: 0 show console lp View the buffered boot-up log of a line card, Route Processor or Control Processor CPU, including background resets, calls, and initialization, on the console.
PAGE 131
Usage Information CAUTION: Use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative to troubleshoot a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative instructs you to do so. show cpu-traffic-stats View CPU traffic statistics. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show cpu-traffic-stats [cp | rp | linecard {slot-id] cp Enter the keyword cp to display traffic statistics on the Control Processor CPU.
PAGE 132
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Traffic statistics are sorted on a per-interface basis; the interface receiving the most traffic is displayed first. All CPU and port information is displayed unless a specific port or CPU is specified. Traffic information is displayed for router ports only; not for management interfaces. The traffic statistics are collected only after the debug cpu-traffic-stats command is executed; not from the system bootup.
PAGE 133
Defaults Display interface statistics from all Z9500 CPUs. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.
PAGE 134
rxPkt(COS2) rxPkt(COS3) rxPkt(COS4) rxPkt(COS5) rxPkt(COS6) rxPkt(COS7) rxPkt(UNIT0) rxPkt(UNIT1) rxPkt(UNIT2) rxPkt(UNIT3) transmitted txRequested noTxDesc txError txReqTooLarge :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 txDatapathErr :0 txPkt(COS0) :0 txPkt(COS1) :0 txPkt(COS2) :0 txPkt(COS3) :0 txPkt(COS4) :0 txPkt(COS5) :0 txPkt(COS6) :0 txPkt(COS7) :0 txPkt(UNIT0) :0 txPkt(UNIT1) :0 txPkt(UNIT2) :0 txPkt(UNIT3) :0 -- OOB ethernet statistics -Link state : N/A Recv Interrupts/Polls: 0 Recv Packets :
PAGE 135
0.24 0.25 0xb93bd000 0.00 0.00 0xb93d1000 0.00 0.00 0xb9470000 7.09 6.28 0xb94c8000 37.86 43.13 0xb9560000 0.95 1.69 0xb99e0000 0.00 0.02 0xb957f000 4.50 4.16 0xb9594000 0.00 0.00 0xb95a8000 3.80 6.
PAGE 136
Related Commands debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging. show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. Z9500 Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example 136 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 137
show environment View system component status (for example, temperature or power). Z9500 Syntax Parameters show environment [fan | pem | thermal-sensors | all] fan Enter the keyword all to display status information only on the fan units. pem Enter the keyword all to display status information only on the power supplies and power usage. thermalsensors Enter the keyword all to display only temperatures and thresholds for the system and switching core, and port modules.
PAGE 138
(W) -------------------------------------------------------------0 0 down AC up 1376 0.0 0 1 up AC up 18848 666.0 0 2 down AC up 1312 0.0 0 3 up AC up 18880 643.
PAGE 139
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to include Piece Part ID (PPID) and eSR4 optics. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.
PAGE 140
2 20 2 24 APF12380010GM4 2 28 2 32 2 36 2 40 7503825H006J 2 44 Related Commands QSFP QSFP Yes Media not present 40GBASE-CR4-1M Yes Media not present Media not present Media not present 40GBASE-SR4 or accessible or accessible or accessible or accessible Media not present or accessible • show interfaces — displays the interface configuration. • show interfaces transceiver — displays the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver.
PAGE 141
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. The output for show memory displays the memory usage of the line-card processor (LP) part (sysdlp) of the system. The sysdlp is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the LP. The total counter size in show memory and show processes memory differs based on which OS processes are counted.
PAGE 142
“Largest” displays the current largest available. This relates to the block size and is not related to the amount of memory on the system. show processes cpu View information on CPU usage for processes running in the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show processes cpu [cp | rp | linecard {slot-id [0–2] | all}] [summary | details] cp Enter the keyword cp to view CPU usage for the Control Processor. rp Enter the keyword rp to view CPU usage for the Route Processor.
PAGE 143
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information In the following example, the CPU utilization for the last five seconds is 10%/0%. The first number (10%) is the CPU utilization for the last five seconds. The second number (0%) indicates the percent of CPU time spent at the interrupt level.
PAGE 144
0 KP 0x0000012e 10 1 0 evagt 0x0000012e 710 71 0 ipc 0x0000012e 90 9 0 sysReaper 0x0000012e 70 7 0 tme 0x0000012e 0 0 0 ttraceIpFlow 0x0000012e 0 0 0 linkscan_user_t 0x0000012e 310 31 0 tHeartbeat 0x0000012e 0 0 0 tDDB 0x0000012e 50 5 0 GC 0x0000012e 0 0 0 isrTask 0x0000012e 10 1 0 bshell_reaper_t 0x0000012e 0 0 0 tSysLog 0x0000012e 1170 117 0 tTimerTask 0x0000012e 29130 2913 0 tExcTask 0x0000012e 40 4 0 tLogTask 0x0000012e 9060 906 0 tUsrRoot ---------- More ---------Example: show processes cpu rp 144 10
PAGE 145
198 0 0 ---------- More ---------Example: show processes cpu summary 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 inetd Dell#show processes cpu summary CPU utilization 5Sec 1Min 5Min --------------------------------------CP 43% 42% 40% RP 0% 0% 0% show processes ipc Display the IPC messaging used internally between Dell Networking OS processes.
PAGE 146
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Important Points: • Example: show processes ipc send-stats Use show processes ipc commands only when you are working directly with Dell Technical Support to troubleshoot a problem.
PAGE 147
SYSADMTSK: 1 -> SYSADMTSK: 0 21310 0 0 0 0 2251 0 0 SYSADMTSK: 1 -> STATMGR: 0 21310 0 0 0 0 2251 0 0 ACL: 0 -> UNKNOWN: 0 38997 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ACL: 0 -> TME: 4 24999 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 ACL: 0 -> NMS:20 29588 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 RIP: 0 -> ERRHDLR: 1 35003 0 0 0 0 1 0 ---------- More ---------Example: show processes ipc recv-stats 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 0 Dell#show processes ipc recv-stats lp 2 IPC Receive Statistics on LP 2 Memory Used by Recv DB on this processor: 11172640 bytes SeqNo - Last successfull Guaranteed I
PAGE 148
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 148 129024 DNLDAGENT: 129024 SYSADMTSK: 129024 SYSADMTSK: 129024 PMMGR: 129024 PMMGR: 129024 KPLR: 129024 KPLR: 129024 KPLR: 129024 TIMERMGR: 129024 DEBUGAGNT: 129024 DEBUGAGNT: 129024 F10STKMGR: 129024 F10STKMGR: 129024 ENVMGR: 129024 ACL: 184320 ACL_AGENT: 129024 ACL_AGENT: 129024 ACL_AGENT: 129024 ACL_AGENT: 163840 IFAGT: 129024 IFAGT: 129024 RTM: 131072 RTM: 131072 FIBAGT: 129024 FIBAGT: 129024 FIBAGT: 129024 DIFFSERV: 184320 DIFFSERV: 12
PAGE 149
0 129024 1 ---------- More ---------- 0 0 show processes ipc flow-control Display Single Window Protocol Queue (SWPQ) statistics. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults show processes ipc flow-control [cp | rp | linecard {slot-id | all}] cp Enter the keyword cp to view SWPQ statistics for the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to view SWPQ statistics for the Route Processor CPU. linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to view SWPQ statistics.
PAGE 150
Usage Information Field Description Source QID /Tx Process Source Service Identifier Destination QID/Rx Process Destination Service Identifier Cur Len Current number of messages enqueued High Mark Highest number of packets in the queue at any time Timeout Timeout count Retries Number of retransmissions Msg Sent Number of messages sent Ack Rcvd Number of messages acknowledged Available Retra Number of retries left Max Retra Number of retries allowed Important Points: Example • The S
PAGE 151
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 IFMGR0 PORTMIRR0 9 9 60 IFMGR0 EVENTTERMLOG0 1 1 60 IFMGR0 IPSECMGR0 11 11 60 IFMGR0 DHCP0 11 11 60 IFMGR0 IPMGR0 36 36 60 IFMGR0 IFAGT3 2 2 60 IFAGT3 IFMGR0 1 1 60 IFMGR0 OFMGR0 21 21 60 IFMGR0 ACL0 14 14 60 IFMGR0 VRRP0 17 17 60 IFMGR0 PIM0 1 1 5 IFMGR0 MACMGR0 0 0 60 IFMGR0 L2PM0 40 40 60 IFMGR0 DIFFSERV0 67 67 60 IFMGR0 RTM0 11 11 60 IFMGR0 LLDP0 12 12 60 IFMGR0 MRTM0 10 10 60 IFMGR0 IPMGR1 33 33 60 IFMGR0 LACP0 23 23 60 PORTMIRR0 ACL_AGENT2 0 0 50 IFMGR0 IGM
PAGE 152
Command Modes Defaults Command History Usage Information 152 rp Enter the keyword rp to view memory usage for the Route Processor. linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to view CPU memory usage. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Enter linecard all to display memory usage on all line card CPUs. Enter linecard summary to display a summary of memory usage on all line card CPUs.
PAGE 153
show processes memory output Field Description Frees Total dynamic memory freed Max Maximum dynamic memory allocated Current Current dynamic memory in use The output for show process memory displays the memory usage statistics running on the CP part (sysd) of the system. The sysd is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the Control Processor. The total counter size in show memory and show processes memory differs based on which OS processes are counted.
PAGE 154
19 mount_mfs 0 12 mount_mfs 0 0 2 sh 0 0 1 init 0 0 0 [system] 0 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 0 Example: show processes memory cp 520192 0 626688 0 0 0 233472 97353728 0 0 192 0 32 0 0 8064 7366960 0 0 0 0 0 2310144 0 2310144 0 2301952 0 2297856 0 0 0 0 34060 943436 9344 133188 26752 2528 1239104 416 15136 766560 416 42028 Dell#show processes memory Total : 32039
PAGE 155
22 mount_mfs 0 19 mount_mfs 0 0 12 mount_mfs 0 0 2 sh 0 0 1 init 0 0 0 [system] 0 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 0 Example: show processes memory lp all 0 5226496 58314752 0 520192 0 626688 0 233472 0 97353728 0 0 0 192 0 32 0 0 8064 7366960 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2310144 2310144 2310144 2301952 2297856 0 0 0 34060 943436 9344 133188 26752 2528 1239104 416 15136 766560 416 42028
PAGE 156
mount_mfs 2310144 mount_mfs 2310144 mount_mfs 2310144 mount_mfs 2310144 sh 2301952 init 2297856 [system] 0 tme 433054 ipc 33036 timerMgr 66072 sysAdmTsk 33036 count 33036 tFib4 2016720 aclAgent 1490790 ifagt_1 202348 dsagt 1325606 MacAgent 301474 fib6 1654292 ofagt 367522 tnlagt 165180 frrpagt 334400 Example: show processes memory rp 52310016 5226496 61145088 503808 626688 233472 433054 433054 33036 0 66072 0 33036 0 33036 0 2016720 2016720 1490790 1490790 202348 202348 1325606 1325606 301474 301
PAGE 157
3109852 0 434 igmp 925008 0 429 ipm1 396432 0 170 mrtm 1127350 0 294 l2mgr 1226308 32948 98 l2pm 1120232 433430 389 arpm 301456 0 367 lacp 598792 0 349 tnlmgr 466666 0 329 otm 363396 0 333 dsm 1094262 0 323 rtm 3109744 0 315 rip 198216 0 309 acl 1259692 0 302 sysd 965786 0 263 sysmon 0 0 296 flashmntr 0 0 198 inetd 0 0 122 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 3109852 5824512 925008 5255168 396432 10838016 1127350 18231296 1226308 4980736 400482 4644864 301456 5390336 598792 4554752 466666 471
PAGE 158
summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display brief information about IFM clients. ifagt number Enter the keyword ifagt then the number of an interface agent to display software pipe and IPC statistics. ifcb interface Enter the keyword ifcb then one of the following interface IDs then the slot/port information to display interface control block information for that interface: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number: The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 159
PIM 0 0x000000f3 0x00030000 0x00000000 0x00000000 IGMP 0 0x000e027f 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 SNMP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800302c0 0x00000002 EVTTERM 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800002c0 0x00000000 MRTM 0 0x00000000 0x00000200 0x81f7103f 0x00000000 DSM 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x80771003 0x00000000 LACP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x8000383f 0x00000000 DHCP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800000c2 0x0000c000 V6RAD 0 0x00000433 0x00030000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Unidentified Client0 0x006e0002 0x00000000 0x000000
PAGE 160
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 The brief parameter no longer displays the current Reload mode. To display Reload mode, use the show reloadtype command.
PAGE 161
Speed in RPM Dell# Related Commands • show version – displays the Dell Networking OS version. • show hardware – displays the data plane and management plane input and output statistics about a switch component. show trace View results of trace operations on the switch or a specified lien card. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show trace [linecard slot-id | rp] linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to collect information for tech support.
PAGE 162
[9/3 5:18:33] SYS-(tUsrRoot):Binding L2 Loop Back Protocol to ENDs. [9/3 5:18:33] SYS-(tUsrRoot):After HWInit().
PAGE 163
show tech-support Display a collection of data from other show commands, necessary for Dell Networking technical support to troubleshoot switch operation. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show tech-support [linecard slot-id | page] linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to collect information for tech support. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Enter linecard all to collect troubleshooting information on all line cards.
PAGE 164
Example • show clock • show environment • show file • show interfaces • show inventory • show ip protocols • show ip route summary • show processes cpu • show processes memory • show redundancy • show running-conf • show version Dell# show tech-support linecard 1 ----------------------------------- show version ------------------------------Dell Force10 Real Time Operating System Software Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 2.
PAGE 165
Temperature Voltage Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Country Code Piece Part ID PPID Revision Service Tag Expr Svc Code Auto Reboot Burned In MAC No Of MACs : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0C ok Rev N/A N/A N/A N/A enabled 74:86:7a:ff:6f:06 3 ----------------------------------- show environmemt linecardvoltage ------------ linecard Voltage -Slot Status Voltage 1.25V 1.5V 2.5V 3.3V -------------------------------------------------------------------------0 ok 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 0.
PAGE 166
0 433054 tme ipc 33036 timerMgr 66072 sysAdmTsk 33036 count 33036 tFib4 11472796 aclAgent 1490790 ifagt_1 202348 dsagt 1325606 fib6 10945628 MacAgent 499162 ofagt 367522 tnlagt 165180 frrpagt 466192 bfdaTaskMai 202348 Dell(conf)# Related Commands 433054 93728768 0 33036 0 66072 0 33036 0 33036 33036 11472796 11472796 1490790 1490790 202348 202348 1325606 1325606 10945628 10945628 499162 499162 367522 367522 165180 165180 466192 466192 202348 202348 0 433054 33036 66072 33036 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PAGE 167
Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, S25 and S50. Usage Information Use the show util-threshold cpu command to display the CPU utilization thresholds used to send SNMP traps. When Z9500 CPUs exceed the configured time to process packets or data, a threshold notification is sent as an SNMP trap.
PAGE 168
Usage Information Use the show util-threshold memory command to display the memory utilization thresholds used to send SNMP traps. When Z9500 CPUs exceed the configured (high or low) memory percentage to process packets or data, a threshold notification is sent as an SNMP trap. To reconfigure the currently configured values, use the util-threshold memory command.
PAGE 169
Usage Information Use the system location-led command to locate the chassis and (optionally) a port on the I/O side of the Z9500 chassis. The location LED setting is not saved through power cycles. telnet Connect through Telnet to a server. The Telnet client and server in the Dell Networking OS support IPv4 and IPv6 connections. You can establish a Telnet session directly to the router or a connection can be initiated from the router.
PAGE 170
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 171
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 172
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.
PAGE 173
ms 000.000 ms Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell#traceroute 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort. ----------------------------------------------Tracing the route to 100::1, 64 hops max, 60 byte packets ----------------------------------------------Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 100::1 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms Dell#traceroute 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b Type Ctrl-C to abort.
PAGE 174
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command upload trace-log Upload a trace log file from a Z9500 CPU. Z9500 Syntax Parameters upload trace-log {rp | linecard slot-id} {cmd-history | hwtrace | sw-trace} rp Enter the keyword rp to upload a trace log from the Route Processor CPU.
PAGE 175
util-threshold cpu Configure the high or low CPU utilization thresholds for SNMP traps.
PAGE 176
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell(conf)# util-threshold cpu 5sec cp high 50 In this example, the low threshold value is not specified so it will take the value set for the high threshold value. In all other cases, the low threshold value must be equal to or less than that of the high threshold value. Usage Information When the total CPU utilization exceeds the configured threshold for the specified time, a threshold notification is sent as an SNMP trap.
PAGE 177
{{high | low} cpu-utilizationthresholdpercentage} Enter a percentage value to configure the high or low threshold level for the percentage of memory a Z9500 CPU can use. The percentage of memory utilization ranges from 0 to 100. NOTE: A threshold level of 0 will disable Syslog and SNMP traps. Default Command Mode Command History • High threshold: 92% • Low threshold: 82% CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 178
To return to the default, use the no virtual-ip {ipv4-address | ipv6address} command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the active management interface in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). ipv6-address Enter an IPv6 address of the active management interface, in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 179
write Copy the current configuration to either the startup-configuration file or the terminal. Z9500 Syntax Parameters write {memory | terminal} memory Enter the keyword memory to copy the current running configuration to the startup configuration file. This command is similar to the copy running-config startup-config command. terminal Enter the keyword terminal to copy the current running configuration to the terminal. This command is similar to the show running-config command.
PAGE 180
5 802.1X An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 181
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages. interface interface Restricts the debugging information to an interface.
PAGE 182
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. Defaults 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 183
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.
PAGE 184
Usage Information The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: • Enable 802.1X authentication globally on the switch and on the port (the dot1x authentication command). • Enable MAC authentication bypass on the port (the dot1x mac-auth-bypass command). In MAB-only authentication mode, a port authenticates using the host MAC address even though 802.1xauthentication is enabled. If the MAB-only authentication fails, the host is placed in the guest VLAN (if configured).
PAGE 185
Related Commands dot1x authentication (Interface) dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level. Z9500 Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on an interface, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 186
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 187
dot1x host-mode Enable single-host or multi-host authentication. Z9500 Syntax Parameters dot1x host-mode {single-host | multi-host | multi-auth} single-host Enable single-host authentication. multi-host Enable multi-host authentication. multi-auth Enable multi-supplicant authentication. Defaults single-host Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 188
dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, the system attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. Z9500 Syntax dot1x mac-auth-bypass To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, use the no dot1x mac-authbypass command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 189
Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.
PAGE 190
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dot1x host-mode dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | forceunauthorized} forceauthorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result.
PAGE 191
Usage Information The authenticator completes authentication only when port-control is set to auto. dot1x quiet-period Set the number of seconds that the authenticator remains quiet after a failed authentication with a client. Z9500 Syntax dot1x quiet-period seconds To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60.
PAGE 192
To disable periodic reauthentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which reauthentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (one year). The default is 3600 (1 hour). Defaults 3600 seconds (1 hour) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 193
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 194
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you configure the dot1x server-timeout value, take into account the communication medium used to communicate with an authentication server and the number of RADIUS servers configured.
PAGE 195
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. Z9500 Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command.
PAGE 196
show dot1x cos-mapping interface Display the CoS priority-mapping table the RADIUS server provides and applies to authenticated supplicants on an 802.1X-enabled system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show dot1x cos-mapping interface interface [mac-address macaddress] interface mac-address Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 197
---------------------------------Dot1p Remapped Dot1p 0 7 1 6 2 5 3 4 4 3 5 2 6 1 7 0 Dell#show dot1x cos-mapping int g 2/21 mac-address 00:00:01:00:07:00 802.1p CoS re-map table on Gi 2/21: ---------------------------------802.1p CoS re-map table for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Dot1 Remapped Dot1p 0 7 1 6 2 5 3 4 4 3 5 2 6 1 7 0 show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface.
PAGE 198
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Added the mac-address option on the C-Series and SSeries. 7.6.1.
PAGE 199
Guest VLAN: Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: Disable NONE Disable NONE NONE Enable Disable 5 seconds 60 seconds 1 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell#
PAGE 200
Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:15 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: 200 AUTHORIZED(GUEST-VLAN) 100 Authenticated Idle 802.
PAGE 201
Access Control Lists (ACL) 6 Access control lists (ACLs) are supported on the Dell Networking operating system on the Z9500 switch.
PAGE 202
description Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 203
show config Display the current ACL configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 204
NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types section. clear counters ip access-group Erase all counters maintained for access lists. Z9500 Syntax clear counters ip access-group [access-list-name] Parameters access-listname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 205
Parameters access-listname Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. in Enter the keyword in to apply the ACL to incoming traffic. out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic. implicit-permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword implicit-permit to change the default action of the ACL from implicit-deny to implicit-permit (that is, if the traffic does not match the filters in the ACL, the traffic is permitted instead of dropped).
PAGE 206
• Related Commands on a Layer 3 port or on a Layer 2/Layer 3 port ip access-list standard — configures a standard ACL. ip access-list extended — configures an extended ACL. ip control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv4 CPU traffic. Z9500 Syntax ip control-plane egress-filter Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 207
• in | out For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Identify whether ACL is applied on the ingress or egress side. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 208
Standard IP ACL Commands When you create an ACL without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The Z9500 supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 209
fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 210
Usage Information Version Description 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the Z9500 Configuration Guide. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details.
PAGE 211
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
PAGE 212
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters 212 • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was sent. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
PAGE 213
Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.
PAGE 214
Related Commands deny — Assigns a IP ACL filter to deny IP packets. ip access-list standard — creates a standard ACL. resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries in an existing ACL. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults resequence access-list {ipv4 | ipv6 | mac} {access-list-name StartingSeqNum Stepto-Increment} ipv4 | ipv6 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4, ipv6 or mac to identify the accesslist type to resequence. access-listname Enter the name of a configured ACL.
PAGE 215
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits reassigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing access-list. Related Commands resequence prefix-list ipv4 — resequences a prefix list.
PAGE 216
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits reassigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list. Related Commands resequence access-list — resequences an access-list.
PAGE 217
dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments.
PAGE 218
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch.
PAGE 219
Extended IP ACL Commands When an ACL is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The following commands configure extended IP ACLs, which in addition to the IP address, also examine the packet’s protocol type. The Z9500 supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 220
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets that the filter processes. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes that the filter processes. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority).
PAGE 221
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch.
PAGE 222
• Parameters Use the no deny icmp {source–ip—address mask | any | host ipaddress} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source-ipaddress Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
PAGE 223
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 224
ICMP Message Type Keywords ICMP Message Type Name generalparameterproblem Parameter problem host-isolated Host isolated host-precedenceunreachable Host unreachable for precedence host-redirect Host redirect host-tos-redirect Host redirect for TOS host-tosunreachable Host unreachable for TOS host-unknown Host unknown host-unreachable Host unreachable information-reply Information replies informationrequest Information requests mask-reply Mask replies mask-request Mask requests
PAGE 225
ICMP Message Type Keywords ICMP Message Type Name protocolunreachable Protocol unreachable reassemblytimeout Reassembly timeout redirect All redirects routeradvertisement Router discovery advertisements router-solicitation Router discovery solicitations source-quench Source quenches source-routefailed Source route failed time-exceeded All time exceeded timestamp-reply Timestamp replies timestamprequest Timestamp requests traceroute Traceroute ttl-exceeded TTL exceeded unreachable
PAGE 226
mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 227
bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority) If you did not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments.
PAGE 228
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter in the Z9500 Configuration Guide.
PAGE 229
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny udp — assigns a filter to deny UDP traffic. deny udp To drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 230
port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
PAGE 231
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch.
PAGE 232
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny tcp — assigns a filter to deny TCP traffic. ip access-list extended Configure an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols.
PAGE 233
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed information on the number entries allowed per ACL on the Z9500, refer to the Content Addressable Memory (CAM) chapter in the Z9500 Configuration Guide.
PAGE 234
host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bytes to count bytes processed by the filter. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 235
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option.
PAGE 236
permit icmp Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages. Z9500 Syntax permit icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [count [bytes]] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters 236 • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 237
threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 238
By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to Port Monitoring. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
PAGE 239
operator port port (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 240
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 241
range of ports is configured in the CAM based on bit mask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range. Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000–8000 uses eight entries in the CAM.
PAGE 242
mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host and then enter the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter the keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 243
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 244
Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter of the Z9500 Configuration Guide. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value.
PAGE 245
resequence prefix-list ipv4 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list. Z9500 Syntax Parameters resequence prefix-list ipv4 {prefix-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-increment} prefix-listname Enter the name of the configured prefix list, up to 140 characters long. StartingSeqNu m Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 65535. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 246
seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter. Z9500 Syntax Parameters seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {ip-protocol-number | icmp | ip | tcp | udp} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte] | [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290.
PAGE 247
port port (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: • • • • 23 = Telnet 20 and 21 = FTP 25 = SMTP 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. message-type (OPTIONAL) Enter an ICMP message type, either with the type (and code, if necessary) numbers or with the name of the message type.
PAGE 248
Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 249
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter of the Z9500 Configuration Guide. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 250
Term heading Description heading Usage Information You can configure up to eight different ACL VLAN groups at a time on the switch. When you configure an ACL VLAN group, you enter ACL VLAN Group configuration mode. To avoid the problem of excessive consumption of CAM area, you can configure ACL VLAN groups that combines all the VLANs that are applied with the same ACL in a single group.
PAGE 251
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACL-VLAN-GROUP CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. The VLAN ContentAware Processor (VCAP) application is a pre-ingress CAP that modifies the VLAN settings before packets are forwarded. To support the ACL CAM optimization functionality, the CAM carving feature is enhanced.
PAGE 252
implicit-permit Enter the keyword implicit-permit to change the default action of the ACL from implicit-deny to implicit-permit (that is, if the traffic does not match the filters in the ACL, the traffic is permitted instead of dropped). Default None Command Modes ACL-VLAN-GROUP CONFIGURATION (conf-acl-vl-grp) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000.
PAGE 253
apply an ACL separately on the VLAN interface, each ACL has a mapping with the VLAN and increased CAM space utilization occurs. Attaching an ACL individually to VLAN interfaces is similar to the behavior of ACLVLAN mapping storage in CAM prior to the implementation of the ACL VLAN group functionality. show acl-vlan-group Display the configured ACL VLAN groups on the switch. Syntax Parameters show acl-vlan-group {group-name | detail} group-name Display the configuration of an ACL VLAN group.
PAGE 254
Group Name : TestGroupSeventeenTwenty Egress IP Acl : SpecialAccessOnlyExpertsAllowed Vlan Members : 100,200,300 Group Name : CustomerNumberIdentificationEleven Egress IP Acl : AnyEmployeeCustomerElevenGrantedAccess Vlan Members : 2-10,99 Group Name : HostGroup Egress IP Acl : Group5 Vlan Members : 1,1000 show cam-acl-vlan Display the number of FP blocks of CAM that are allocated for different ACL VLAN services, including ACL VLAN optimization, VLAN iSCSI counters, and Open Flow.
PAGE 255
Example Field Description Current Settings(in block sizes) Information about the number of FP blocks that are currently in use or allocated. VlanOpenFlow Number of FP blocks for VLAN open flow operations. VlanIscsi Number of FP blocks for VLAN internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) counters. VlanHp Number of FP blocks for VLAN high performance processes. VlanFcoe Number of FP blocks for VLAN Fiber Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) operations.
PAGE 256
switch Command Modes Command History Usage Information • • (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword switch to display Layer 2 CAM usage. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version 9.5. (0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.3. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL. The following regions must be provided in the show cam-usage output: • L3AclCam • L2AclCam • V6AclCam The following table describes the output fields of the show cam-usage command.
PAGE 257
| 2833 | | 1024 | | 9215 | | 8192 | | 1024 | | 0 | | 0 | | 0 | | 0 | | 1024 | | 1024 | | 0 1 | 1 | 320 | | 31632 | | 12286 | | 262127 | | 2834 --More-- Example 2 Example 3 | IN-L3-TrcList | 1024 | 0 | IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | 0 | IN-L3-Qos | 8192 | 0 | IN-L3-PBR | 1024 | 0 | IN-V6 ACL | 0 | 0 | IN-V6 FIB | 0 | 0 | IN-V6-SysFlow | 0 | 0 | IN-V6-McastFib | 0 | 0 | OUT-L2 ACL | 1024 | 0 | OUT-L3 ACL | 1024 | 0 | OUT-V6 ACL | 0 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 320 |
PAGE 258
| IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | 0 | IN-L3-Qos | 8192 | 0 | IN-L3-PBR | 1024 | 0 | OUT-L3 ACL | 16384 | 0 | IN-L3 ACL | 8192 | 3 | IN-L3 FIB | 196607 | 1 | IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | 0 | IN-L3-TrcList | 1024 | 0 | IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | 0 | IN-L3-Qos | 8192 | 0 | IN-L3-PBR | 1024 | 0 | OUT-L3 ACL | 16384 | 0 Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | |Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============| =============|============== 11 | 0 | I
PAGE 259
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Examples Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL. The following sample output shows the line-by-line style display when using the show running-config acl-vlan-group option. Note that no group or access list names are truncated.
PAGE 260
Parameters mac-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured MAC access list. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 261
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 262
show mac access-lists Display all of the Layer 2 ACLs configured in the system, whether or not they are applied to an interface, and the count of matches/mismatches against each ACL entry displayed. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show mac access-lists [access-list-name] [interface interface] [in | out] access-listname Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 263
show mac accounting access-list Display MAC access list configurations and counters (if configured). Z9500 Syntax Parameters show mac accounting access-list access-list-name interface interface in | out access-listname Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters. interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: in | out • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel and then enter a number.
PAGE 264
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The ACL hit counters in this command increment the counters for each matching rule, not just the first matching rule.
PAGE 265
• Parameters Use the no deny {any | mac-source-address mac-source-addressmask} command. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match).
PAGE 266
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details.
PAGE 267
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 268
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit {any | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to forward all packets received with a MAC address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
PAGE 269
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
PAGE 270
deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. any Enter the keyword any to filter all packets. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
PAGE 271
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
PAGE 272
deny To drop packets that match the filter criteria, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} [ethertype-operator] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 273
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
PAGE 274
Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring.
PAGE 275
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent.
PAGE 276
permit To pass packets matching the criteria specified, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax permit {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} [ethertype operator] [count [byte]] | [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 277
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
PAGE 278
Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring.
PAGE 279
The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. mac-sourceaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched. macdestinationaddress Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. macdestinationaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched.
PAGE 280
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 281
clear ip prefix-list Reset the number of times traffic meets the conditions (“hit” counters) of the configured prefix lists. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip prefix-list [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the configured prefix list to clear only counters for that prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Defaults Clears “hit” counters for all prefix lists unless a prefix list is specified. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 282
Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/ 8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. le max-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword le and then enter the maximum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 283
ip prefix-list Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. Z9500 Syntax ip prefix-list prefix-name To delete a prefix list, use the no ip prefix-list prefix-name command. Parameters prefix-name Enter a string up to 16 characters long as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 284
permit Configure a filter that passes packets meeting the criteria specified. Z9500 Syntax permit ip-prefix [ge min-prefix-length] [le max-prefix-length] To delete a forward filter, use the no permit ip-prefix command. Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32.
PAGE 285
seq — configures a drop or permit filter with a specified sequence number. seq To a deny or permit filter in a prefix list while configuring the filter, assign a sequence number. Z9500 Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any} | [ip-prefix /nn {ge min-prefix-length} {le max-prefix-length}] | [bitmask number] To delete a specific filter, use the no seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any} | [ip-prefix {ge min-prefix-length} {le maxprefix-length}] | [bitmask number].
PAGE 286
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the bit mask option. Usage Information If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets.
PAGE 287
Example Dell(conf-nprefixl)#show config ! ip prefix-list snickers Dell(conf-nprefixl)# show ip prefix-list detail Display details of the configured prefix lists. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip prefix-list detail [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 288
seq 7 deny 200.200.2.0/24 (hit count: 1) seq 10 permit 0.0.0.0/0 le 32 (hit count: 132) Dell# show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip prefix-list summary [prefix-name] prefix-name • • (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 289
count: 1, range entries: 1, sequences: 5 - 5 ip prefix-list test6: count: 1, range entries: 1, sequences: 5 - 5 Dell# Route Map Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then applied to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure route maps and their redistribution criteria, use the following commands. continue To a route-map entry with a higher sequence number, configure a route-map.
PAGE 290
executes only after a successful match occurs. If there are no successful matches, the continue feature is ignored. Match clause with Continue clause The continue feature can exist without a match clause. A continue clause without a match clause executes and jumps to the specified route-map entry. With a match clause and a continue clause, the match clause executes first and the continue clause next in a specified route map entry. The continue clause launches only after a successful match.
PAGE 291
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 292
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set as-path — adds information to the BGP AS_PATH attribute.
PAGE 293
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip community-list — configures an Community Access list. set community — specifies a COMMUNITY attribute. neighbor send-community — sends COMMUNITY attribute to peer or peer group. match interface To match routes whose next hop is on the interface specified, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax match interface interface To remove a match, use the no match interface interface command.
PAGE 294
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address.
PAGE 295
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 296
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
PAGE 297
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810 8.1.1.
PAGE 298
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 299
igp Enter the keyword igp to match routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to match routes with incomplete routing information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking TOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 300
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 301
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 302
Defaults permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permit to set the route map default as permit. If you do not specify a keyword, the default is permit. deny (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword deny to set the route map default as deny. sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to identify the route map for editing and sequencing with other route maps. You are prompted for a sequence number if there are multiple instances of the route map. The range is from 1 to 65535. Not configured.
PAGE 303
set as-path To modify the AS path for border gateway protocol (BGP) routes, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set as-path prepend as-number [... as-number] To remove an AS-Path setting, use the no set as-path {prepend as-number | tag} command. Parameters prepend asnumber Enter the keyword prepend and then enter up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 304
show ip community-lists — displays configured IP Community access lists. set automatic-tag To automatically compute the tag value of the route, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set automatic-tag To return to the default, enter no set automatic-tag. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 305
set comm-list delete To remove the specified community list from the BGP route’s COMMUNITY attribute, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set comm-list community-list-name delete To insert the community list into the COMMUNITY attribute, use the no set comm-list community-list-name delete command. Parameters communitylist-name Enter the name of an established Community list, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 306
Related Commands ip community-list — configures community access list. match community — redistributes routes that match the COMMUNITY attribute. set community — specifies a COMMUNITY attribute. set community Allows you to assign a BGP COMMUNITY attribute. Z9500 Syntax set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | noexport | none} [additive] To delete a BGP COMMUNITY attribute assignment, use the no set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | no-export | none} command.
PAGE 307
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.
PAGE 308
level-1-2 Enter the keyword level-1-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2. level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 2. stub-area Enter the keyword stub to redistributed matched routes to OSPF stub areas. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 309
Parameters value Enter a number as the LOCAL_PREF attribute value. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 310
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 311
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 312
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 313
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 314
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set level — specifies the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric — specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type — specifies the route type assigned to redistributed routes.
PAGE 315
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you do not use the set weight command, router-originated paths have a weight attribute of 32768 and all other paths have a weight attribute of zero. show config Display the current route map configuration.
PAGE 316
show route-map Display the current route map configurations. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show route-map [map-name] map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 317
AS-Path Commands The following commands configure AS-Path ACLs. ip as-path access-list Enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure an access control list based on the BGP AS_PATH attribute. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip as-path access-list as-path-name as-path-name Enter the access-list name, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 318
show ip as-path-access-lists Display the all AS-PATH access lists configured on the E-Series. Z9500 Syntax show ip as-path-access-lists Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 319
ip community-list Enter COMMUNITY-LIST mode and create an IP community-list for BGP. Z9500 Syntax ip community-list comm-list-name To delete a community-list, use the no ip community-list comm-list-name command. Parameters comm-listname Enter a text string as the name of the community-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 320
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 320 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 321
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking OS implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietfbfd-base-03.
PAGE 322
Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS INTERFACE (BFD for VRRP only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.
PAGE 323
Related Commands show bfd neighbors — displays BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. neighbor bfd disable — explicitly disables a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. bfd disable Disable BFD on an interface. Z9500 Syntax bfd disable Re-enable BFD using the no bfd disable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 324
bfd enable (Configuration) Enable BFD on all interfaces. Z9500 Syntax bfd enable Disable BFD using the no bfd enable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.
PAGE 325
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd interval Specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval.
PAGE 326
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 327
Usage Information Protocol Liveness is a feature that notifies the BFD Manager when a client protocol (for example, OSPF and ISIS) is disabled. When a client is disabled, all BFD sessions for that protocol are torn down. Neighbors on the remote system receive an Admin Down control packet and are placed in the Down state. Peer routers might take corrective action by choosing alternative paths for the routes that originally pointed to this router.
PAGE 328
Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show bfd neighbors – displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface.
PAGE 329
The default is Active. Defaults See Parameters Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S4820T, and S4810.
PAGE 330
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.3 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 331
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 332
show bfd neighbors Display BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show bfd neighbors interface [detail] interface detail Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port information. • For a port-channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. For the C-Series, Z-Series, and S8410, the range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 333
Example Dell#show bfd neighbors * - Active session role Ad Dn - Admin Down B - BGP C - CLI I - ISIS O - OSPF R - Static Route (RTM) LocalAddr Clients * 10.1.3.2 RemoteAddr Interface State Rx-int Tx-int Mult 10.1.3.1 Te 1/3 Up 300 250 3 C Example (Detail) Dell#show bfd neighbors detail Related Commands bfd all-neighbors — establishes BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by the IS-IS protocol or OSPF protocol out of all interfaces.
PAGE 334
To undo your VRRP BFD configuration, use the no vrrp bfd {all-neighbors | neighbor ip-address } [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command. Parameters all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all BFD neighbors on an interface. neighbor ipaddress Enter the IP address of the BFD neighbor. interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval to specify nondefault BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is 50 to 1000.
PAGE 335
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When BFD is enabled with VRRP neighbors, the VRRP protocol registers with the BFD manager on the route processor. BFD sessions are established with all neighboring interfaces participating in VRRP. If a neighboring interface fails, the BFD agent on the line card notifies the BFD manager, which in turn notifies the VRRP protocol that a link state change occurred.
PAGE 336
Border Gateway Protocol 8 BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables. BGP is supported in Dell Networking OS version 9.0.0.
PAGE 337
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.5.1.
PAGE 338
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY • ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY IPv6 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 339
bgp add-path Allow the advertisement of multiple paths for the same address prefix without the new paths replacing any previous ones. Z9500 Syntax Parameters bgp add-path [send | receive | both] path-count send Enter the keyword send to indicate that the system sends multiple paths to peers. receive Enter the keyword receive to indicate that the system accepts multiple paths from peers. both Enter the keyword both to indicate that the system sends and accepts multiple paths from peers.
PAGE 340
Defaults Disabled (that is, the software only compares MEDs from neighbors within the same AS). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 341
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the dynamic application of AS notation changes 8.2.1.0 Introduced Before enabling this feature, enable the enable bgp four-octet-assupportcommand. If you disable the four-octect-support command after using dot or dot+ format, the AS numbers revert to asplain text. When you apply an asnotation, it is reflected in the running-configuration.
PAGE 342
To return to the default, enter the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 343
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. The bestpath router bgp configuration mode command changes the default bestpath selection algorithm. The multipath-relax option allows loadsharing across providers with different (but equal-length) autonomous system paths. Without this option, ECMP expects the AS paths to be identical for loadsharing.
PAGE 344
bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over paths with an advertised MED attribute. Z9500 Syntax bgp bestpath med missing-as-best To return to the default selection, use the no bgp bestpath med missing-asbest command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 345
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 346
Usage Information Route reflection to clients is not necessary if all client routers are fully meshed. Related Commands bgp cluster-id — assigns an ID to a BGP cluster with two or more route reflectors. neighbor route-reflector-client — configures a route reflector and clients. bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. Z9500 Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command.
PAGE 347
The default format for displaying the cluster-id is dotted decimal, but if you enter the cluster-id as an integer, it is displayed as an integer. Related Commands bgp client-to-client reflection — enables route reflection between the route reflector and clients. neighbor route-reflector-client — configures a route reflector and clients. show ip bgp cluster-list — views paths with a cluster ID. bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation.
PAGE 348
The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. The next hop, MED, and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation. The system accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute. The software sends AS_CONFED_SET and accepts AS_CONFED_SET and AS_CONF_SEQ.
PAGE 349
Usage Information All the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. After specifying autonomous systems numbers for the BGP confederation, recycle the peers to update their configuration.
PAGE 350
route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of a configured route map. Only match commands in the configured route map are supported. Defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled. • • ROUTER BGP ROUTER BGP-address-family This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 351
the more the route is preferred. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 100. Defaults 100 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 352
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is increments.
PAGE 353
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The bgp fast-external-fallover command appears in the show config command output. bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. Z9500 Syntax bgp four-octet-as-support To disable fast external failover, use the no bgp four-octet-as-support command.
PAGE 354
Where the 2-byte format is from 1 to 65535, the 4-byte format is from 1 to 4294967295. Both formats are accepted and the advertisements reflect the entered format. For more information about using the 2 byte or 4-byte format, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. bgp graceful-restart To support graceful restart as a receiver only, enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor, a BGP node, or designate a local router.
PAGE 355
Usage Information This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. BGP graceful restart is active only when the neighbor becomes established. Otherwise it is disabled. Graceful-restart applies to all neighbors with established adjacency. bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets.
PAGE 356
bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems. Z9500 Syntax bgp non-deterministic-med To return to the default, use the no bgp non-deterministic-med command. Defaults Disabled (that is, paths/routes for the same destination but from different ASs do not have their MEDs compared). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 357
bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP. Z9500 Syntax bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 358
bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Disables the Regex Performance engine that optimizes complex regular expression with BGP. Z9500 Syntax bgp regex-eval-optz-disable To re-enable optimization engine, use the no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 359
Area 51 Routing for Networks 10.10.10.0/00 Routing Protocol is "bgp 1" Cluster Id is set to 10.10.10.0 Router Id is set to 10.10.10.0 Fast-external-fallover enabled Regular expression evaluation optimization enabled Capable of ROUTE_REFRESH For Address Family IPv4 Unicast BGP table version is 0, main routing table version 0 Distance: external 20 internal 200 local 200 Dell(conf-router_bgp)# Related Commands show ip protocols — views information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the E-Series.
PAGE 360
Usage Information Peering sessions are reset when you change the router ID of a BGP router. bgp soft-reconfig-backup To avoid the peer from resending messages, use this command only when route-refresh is not negotiated. Z9500 Syntax bgp soft-reconfig-backup To return to the default setting, use the no bgp soft-reconfig-backup command. Defaults Off Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 361
capture bgp-pdu neighbor Enable capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. Z9500 Syntax capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address direction {both | rx | tx} To disable capture of the IPv4 BGP neighbor packet, use the no capture bgppdu neighbor ipv4-address command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address of the target BGP neighbor. direction {both | rx | tx} Enter the keyword direction and a direction — either rx for inbound, tx for outbound, or both. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 362
capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size Set the size of the BGP packet capture buffer. This buffer size pertains to both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Z9500 Syntax Parameters capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size 100-102400000 100-10240000 0 Enter a size for the capture buffer. Defaults 40960000 bytes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 363
as-number Enter the AS number to reset all neighbors belonging to that AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset all prefixes from that neighbor. flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword flap-statistics to reset the flap statistics on all prefixes from that neighbor.
PAGE 364
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the as-number option. bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop — disables next-hop resolution through other routes learned by the BGP. bgp soft-reconfig-backup — turns on BGP Soft Reconfiguration.
PAGE 365
Usage Information After you enter this command, the software deletes the history routes and returns the suppressed routes to the Active state. clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap.
PAGE 366
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enter the clear ip bgp flap-statistics command without any parameters, all statistics are cleared. Related Commands show debugging — views the enabled debugging operations. show ip bgp flap-statistics — views the BGP flap statistics.
PAGE 367
debug ip bgp Display all information on BGP, including BGP events, keepalives, notifications, and updates. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] [in | out] To disable all BGP debugging, use the no debug ip bgp command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group peer-groupname Enter the keywords peer-group then the name of the peer group to debug.
PAGE 368
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To view information on both incoming and outgoing routes, do not include the in and out parameters in the debugging command.
PAGE 369
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. debug ip bgp events Display information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events.
PAGE 370
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp keepalives Display information about BGP keepalive messages.
PAGE 371
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors.
PAGE 372
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp {ip-address | peer-group-name} softreconfiguration To disable, use the no debug ip bgp {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration command.
PAGE 373
Usage Information This command turns on BGP soft-reconfiguration inbound debugging. If no neighbor is specified, debug turns on for all neighbors. debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] updates [in | out] command. Parameters in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors.
PAGE 374
Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. default-metric Allows you to change the metric of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. Z9500 Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric to be assigned to routes from other protocols. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.
PAGE 375
description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 376
Defaults internaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200. local-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from networks listed in the network command. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200. • • • external-distance = 20 internal-distance = 200 local-distance = 200 Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 377
ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes. number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 378
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGP-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 379
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGP-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 380
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start command.
PAGE 381
neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in number To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} allowas-in command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group.
PAGE 382
To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} default-originate command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the default route of all routers in that peer group. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 383
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. text Enter a continuous text string up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 384
out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 385
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 386
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When you enable failover, BGP keeps track of IP or IPv6 ability to reach the peer remote address and the peer local address.
PAGE 387
Command Modes Command History • ROUTER BGP • ROUTER BGP-address-family This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.
PAGE 388
role receiveronly Enter the keyword role receiver-only to designate the local router to support graceful restart as a receiver only. Defaults as above Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 389
no prepend Specifies that local AS values do not prepend to announcements from the neighbor. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 390
warning-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword warning-only to set the router to send a log message when the maximum value is reached. If this parameter is not set, the router stops peering when the maximum number of prefixes is reached. Defaults threshold = 75 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 391
peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you configure the set ipv6 next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command.
PAGE 392
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Configure the same password on both BGP peers or a connection does not occur.
PAGE 393
peer-groupname Enter the name of a configured peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 394
show ip bgp neighbors — views BGP neighbors configurations. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name. Z9500 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command. Parameters peer-groupname Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 395
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one. Z9500 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive [sessions] To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command. Parameters peer-groupname Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 396
neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} remote-as number command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 397
bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} remove-private-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers.
PAGE 398
Private AS numbers are from 64512 to 65535 (2 byte). neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-map map-name {in | out} To remove the route map, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} route-map map-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group.
PAGE 399
Usage Information When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer.
PAGE 400
Usage Information A route reflector reflects routes to the neighbors assigned to the cluster. Neighbors in the cluster do not need not to be fully meshed. By default, when you use no route reflector, the internal BGP (IBGP) speakers in the network must be fully meshed. The first time you enter this command, the router configures as a route reflector and the specified BGP neighbors configure as clients in the route-reflector cluster.
PAGE 401
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To configure a COMMUNITY attribute, use the set community command in ROUTE-MAP mode. Before using this command, you must execute the clear ip bgp command. neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group.
PAGE 402
Usage Information Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled. The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group. Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions. When a neighbor or peer group is shut down, use the show ip bgp summary command to confirm its status. Related Commands show ip bgp summary — displays the current BGP configuration.
PAGE 403
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the BGP neighbor specified. BGP stores all the updates the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session. CAUTION: Inbound update storage is a memory-intensive operation. The entire BGP update database from the neighbor is stored in memory regardless of the inbound policy results applied on the neighbor.
PAGE 404
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers keepalive holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} timers command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 405
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Timer values configured with the neighbor timers command override the timer values configured with any other command.
PAGE 406
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session. The neighbor update-source command is not necessary for directly connected internal BGP sessions. neighbor weight Assign a weight to the neighbor connection, which is used to determine the best path.
PAGE 407
Usage Information In the best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. NOTE: In the best-path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. If you configure the set weight command in a route map applied to this neighbor, the weight set in that command overrides the weight set in the neighbor weight command. Related Commands set weight — assigns a weight to all paths meeting the route map criteria.
PAGE 408
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.
PAGE 409
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 410
• set next-hop • set origin • set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 411
redistribute ospf Redistribute OSPF routes into BGP. Z9500 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [[match external {1 | 2}] [match internal]] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. The range is from 1 to 65535. match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only.
PAGE 412
apply outbound to an EBGP peer/peer-group, the advertised routes corresponding to those peer/peer-groups have the IGP cost set as MED. When you enter the redistribute isis process-id command without any other parameters, the system redistributes all OSPF internal routes, external type 1 routes, and external type 2 routes. RFC does not support this feature. router bgp To configure and enable BGP, enter ROUTER BGP mode.
PAGE 413
show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv4 address on the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP address to display packet information for that address. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 414
14141401 0c020a01 04000100 01020080 00000000 PDU[2] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 PDU[3] : len 19, captured 00:34:50 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 [. . .] Dell# Related Commands capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size — specifies a size for the capture buffer. show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 415
show ip bgp View the current BGP IPv4 routing table for the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] [network [network-mask] [longerprefixes]] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network.
PAGE 416
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 417
show ip bgp cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] cluster-list [cluster-id] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. cluster-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. The range is 1 — 4294967295. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 418
Example Field Description Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp cluster-list BGP table version is 64444683, local router ID is 120.1.1.1 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network * I 10.10.10.1/32 * I *>I * I * I * I * I 10.19.75.5/32 * I *>I * I * I * I * I 10.30.1.
PAGE 419
All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers. no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE. All routes with the NO_ADVERTISE (0xFFFFFF02) community attribute must not be advertised to other BGP peers. no-export Enter the keywords no-export to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT.
PAGE 420
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 421
show ip bgp community-list View routes that a specific community list affects. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] community-list community-list-name [exact-match] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. communitylist-name Enter the name of a configured IP community list (maximum 140 characters). exact-match Enter the keyword for an exact match of the communities.
PAGE 422
Example Field Description Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp community-list pass BGP table version is 0, local router ID is 10.101.15.
PAGE 423
Example Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route. Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell>show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP table version is 210708, local router ID is 63.114.8.
PAGE 424
Example Dell#show ip bgp detail Detail information for BGP Node bgpNdP 0x41a17000 : NdTmrP 0x41a17000 : NdKATmrP 0x41a17014 : NdTics 74857 : NhLocAS 1 : NdState 2 : NdRPMPrim 1 : NdListSoc 13 NdAuto 1 : NdEqCost 1 : NdSync 0 : NdDefOrg 0 NdV6ListSoc 14 NdDefDid 0 : NdConfedId 0 : NdMedConfed 0 : NdMedMissVal -1 : NdIgnrIllId 0 : NdRRC2C 1 : NdClstId 33686273 : NdPaTblP 0x41a19088 NdASPTblP 0x41a19090 : NdCommTblP 0x41a19098 : NhOptTransTblP 0x41a190a0 : NdRRClsTblP 0x41a190a8 NdPktPA 0 : NdLocCBP 0x41a6f00
PAGE 425
Nbr List Confed Peer List Address Family specific Information AFIndex 0 NdSpFlag 0x41a190b0 : AFRttP 0x41a0d200 : NdRTMMkrP 0x41a19d28 : NdRTMAFTblVer 0 : NdRibCtxAddr 1101110688 NdRibCtxAddrLen 255 : NdAFPrefix 0 : NdAfNLRIP 0 : NdAFNLRILen 0 : NdAFWPtrP 0 NdAFWLen 0 : NdAfNH : NdAFRedRttP 0x41a0d400 : NdRecCtxAdd 1101110868 NdRedCtxAddrLen 255 : NdAfRedMkrP 0x41a19e88 : AFAggRttP 0x41a0d600 : AfAggCtxAddr 1101111028 : AfAggrCtxAddrLen 255 AfNumAggrPfx 0 : AfNumAggrASSet 0 : AfNumSuppmap 0 : AfNumAggrValid
PAGE 426
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found.
PAGE 427
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp filter-list hello command shown in the following example.
PAGE 428
* I * I Dell# 192.100.9.2 192.100.10.2 20000 20000 9999 9999 0 ? 0 ? show ip bgp flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] flap-statistics [ip-address [mask]] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 429
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 430
show ip bgp inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating autonomous system (AS) numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] inconsistent-as Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 431
redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next * 3.0.0.0/8 80 i * 80 i * 80 i *> *> 3.18.135.0/24 * * * *> 4.0.0.0/8 * * * * 6.0.0.0/20 * *> * * 9.2.0.0/16 * --More-- Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path 63.114.8.33 0 18508 209 7018 63.114.8.34 0 18508 209 7018 63.114.8.60 0 18508 209 7018 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.
PAGE 432
routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes. receivedroutes [network [network-mask] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords received-routes then either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information received from neighbors. NOTE: Configure the neighbor softreconfiguration inbound command prior to viewing all the information received from the neighbors.
PAGE 433
The Lines Beginning with: Description BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number. The last phrase in the line indicates whether the link between the BGP router and its neighbor is an external or internal one. If they are located in the same AS, the link is internal; otherwise the link is external. BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router ID.
PAGE 434
The Lines Beginning with: Description Prefix advertised Displays the number of network prefixes advertised, the number rejected, and the number withdrawn from the BGP routing table. Connections established Displays the number of TCP connections established and dropped between the two peers to exchange BGP information. Last reset Displays the amount of time since the peering session was last reset. Also states if the peer resets the peering session.
PAGE 435
GRACEFUL_RESTART(64) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) Route map for incoming advertisements is test Maximum prefix set to 4 with threshold 75 For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP table version 34, neighbor version 34 5 accepted prefixes consume 20 bytes Prefix advertised 0, denied 4, withdrawn 0 Prefixes accepted 1 (consume 4 bytes), withdrawn 0 by peer Prefixes advertised 0, rejected 0, withdrawn 0 from peer Connections established 2; dropped 1 Last reset 00:18:21, due to Maximum prefix limit reached Example (Adve
PAGE 436
valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network D 70.70.21.0/24 D 70.70.22.0/24 D 70.70.23.0/24 D 70.70.24.0/24 Dell# Related Commands Next Hop 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0 0 100 200 0 0 100 200 0 0 100 200 0 0 100 200 ? ? ? ? show ip bgp — views the current BGP routing table.
PAGE 437
Example Field Description Via Displays the IP address and interface used to reach the next hop. RefCount Displays the number of BGP routes using this next hop. Cost Displays the cost associated with using this next hop. Flaps Displays the number of times the next hop has flapped. Time Elapsed Displays the time elapsed since the next hop was learned. If the route is down, this field displays time elapsed since the route went down. Dell>show ip bgp next-hop Next-hop Via Elapsed 63.114.8.33 63.
PAGE 438
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 438 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 439
0x1efe7adc 0x1efe7e9c 0x1efe7b9c Dell# 883 983 1003 2 10000 6 120 0 i 33 ? i show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths as-path Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 440
0x1ea3c1b4 0x1ea3c304 0x1ea3c10c 0x1ea3c144 0x1ea3c17c 0x1ea3c2cc 0x1ea3c09c 0x1ea3c0d4 0x1ea3c224 0x1ea3c294 0x1ea3c02c Dell# 507 507 763 763 763 763 764 764 1019 1019 1021 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 13 33 {92 93} {102 103} 12 32 {72 73} {82 83} 43 23 show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths community Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 441
Example Field Description Community Displays the community attributes in this BGP path.
PAGE 442
peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view detailed status information of the peers in that peer group. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view status information of the peers in that peer group. The output is the same as that found in the show ip bgp summary command. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 443
Example Line beginning with: Description Number of peers Displays the number of peers currently configured for this peer group. Peer-group members: Lists the IP addresses of the peers in the peer group. If the address is outbound optimized, an * is displayed next to the IP address.
PAGE 444
Parameters regularexpression [character] Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either zero or one sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression.
PAGE 445
Example (S4810) Field Description Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then non-BGP routes exist in the router’s routing table. Metric Displays the BGP router’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight Path Lists all the AS paths the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 446
show ip bgp summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] summary Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 446 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 447
Field Description BGP community entries Displays the number of BGP COMMUNITY attributes processed and the amount of memory used to process them. The show ip bgp community command provides more details on the COMMUNITY attributes. Dampening enabled Displayed only when you enable dampening. Displays the number of paths designated as history, dampened, or penalized. Neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address. AS Displays the AS number of the neighbor.
PAGE 448
Field Description states and clearing the routes received, the phrase (Purging) may appear in this column. If the neighbor is disabled, the phrase (Admin shut) appears in this column. Example (S4810) Dell#show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 120.10.10.
PAGE 449
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. timers bgp Adjust the BGP Keep Alive and Hold Time timers. Z9500 Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds.
PAGE 450
MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (ASs). MBGP on the Dell Networking OS is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858. BGPv4 is supported in the following: Dell Networking OS Version Platform Support Z9500 7.8.1.0, MBGP for IPv6 TeraScale and C-Series 7.8.1.0, MBGP for S-Series IPv4 Multicast Only 8.2.1.
PAGE 451
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes. Z9500 Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command. Parameters Defaults externaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20.
PAGE 452
The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low. Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table. Routes from confederations are treated as internal BGP routes. Related Commands router bgp — enters ROUTER mode on the switch. show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active).
PAGE 453
Example Dell>show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP table version is 210708, local router ID is 63.114.8.2 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network From Reuse Path Dell> BGP Extended Communities (RFC 4360) BGP Extended Communities, as defined in RFC 4360, is an optional transitive BGP attribute.
PAGE 454
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 455
Usage Information Duplicate commands are silently accepted. Example Dell(conf-ext-community-list)#deny regexp 123 Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# Related Commands permit regex — permits a community using a regular expression. description To designate a meaningful description to the extended community, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax description {line} To remove the description, use the no description {line} command. Parameters line Enter a description (maximum 80 characters).
PAGE 456
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 457
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Like standard communities, you can use extended communities in the route-map to match the attribute. Example Dell(config-route-map)#match extcommunity Freedombird Dell(config-route-map)# permit To add rules (permit) from the two types of extended communities, Route Origin (rt) or Site-of-Origin (soo), use this feature.
PAGE 458
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. deny — configures to delete (deny) rules. show ip bgp extcommunity-list — displays the extended community list. permit regex This feature allows you specify an extended community to forward (permit) using a regular expression (regex).
PAGE 459
Related Commands deny regex — denies a community using a regular expression. set extcommunity rt To set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax set extcommunity rt {as4 ASN4:NN [non-trans] | ASN:NNNN [nontrans] | IPADDR:NN [non-trans]} [additive] To delete the Route Origin community, use the no set extcommunity command.
PAGE 460
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If the set community rt and soo are in the same route-map entry, the behavior defines as: • If the rt option comes before soo, with or without the additive option, soo overrides the communities rt sets. • If the rt option comes after soo, without the additive option, rt overrides the communities soo sets. • If the rt with the additive option comes after soo, rt adds the communities soo sets.
PAGE 461
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 462
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 463
show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 464
show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip extcommunity-list [word] word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 465
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 466
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ROUTER BGP Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 6.5.1.0 Introduced Enter ipv6unicast to enter the BGP for IPv6 mode (CONF-ROUTER_BGPv6_AF). address family ipv6 unicast This command changes the context to subsequent address family identifier (SAFI). Z9500 Syntax address family ipv6 unicast To remove SAFI context, use the no address family ipv6 unicast command.
PAGE 467
Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. advertise-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertise-map followed by the name of a configured route map to set filters for advertising an aggregate route.
PAGE 468
If the route is injected via the network command, that route still appears in the routing table if the summary-only parameter is configured in the aggregateaddress command. The summary-only parameter suppresses all advertisements. If you want to suppress advertisements to only specific neighbors, use the neighbor distribute-list command. In the show ip bgp command, aggregates contain an ‘a’ in the first column and routes suppressed by the aggregate contain an ‘s’ in the first column.
PAGE 469
Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations.
PAGE 470
bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over those paths with an advertised MED attribute. Z9500 Syntax bgp bestpath med missing-as-best To return to the default selection, use the no bgp bestpath med missing-asbest command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 471
Usage Information Related Commands Route reflection to clients is not necessary if all client routers are fully meshed. • bgp cluster-id – assigns an ID to a BGP cluster with two or more route reflectors. • neighbor route-reflector-client – configures a route reflector and clients. bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. Z9500 Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command.
PAGE 472
bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation. Z9500 Syntax bgp confederation identifier as-number To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command. Parameters as-number Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Enter the AS number. The range is 1 to 65535. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 473
half-life period expires. The range is 1 to 45. The default is 15 minutes. reuse (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the reuse value, which is compared to the flapping route’s Penalty value. If the Penalty value is less than the reuse value, the flapping route is once again advertised (or no longer suppressed). The range is 1 to 20000. The default is 750. suppress (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the suppress value, which is compared to the flapping route’s Penalty value.
PAGE 474
Parameters value Defaults 100 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes. When routes are compared, the higher the degree of preference or local preference value, the more the route is preferred. The range is 0 to 4294967295. The default is 100. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 475
Related Commands • show ip bgp neighbors – views the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. • show ip protocols – views information on routing protocols. bgp fast-external-fallover Enable the fast external failover feature, which immediately resets the BGP session if a link to a directly connected external peer fails. Z9500 Syntax bgp fast-external-fallover To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp fast-external-fallover command. Defaults Enabled.
PAGE 476
Usage Information Routers supporting 4-Byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message. The behavior of a 4-Byte router is slightly different depending on whether it is speaking to a 2-Byte router or a 4-Byte router. When creating Confederations, all the routers in the Confederation must be 4– or 2–byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. Where the 2-Byte format is 1-65535, the 4-Byte format is 1-4294967295. Both formats are accepted, and the advertisements will reflect the entered format.
PAGE 477
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets.
PAGE 478
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ROUTER BGP Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced In non-deterministic mode, paths are compared in the order in which they arrive. This method can lead to the system choosing different best paths from a set of paths, depending on the order in which they are received from the neighbors because MED may or may not get compared between adjacent paths.
PAGE 479
The clear ip bgp command is required for this command to take effect and to keep the BGP database consistent. Execute the clear ip bgp command right after executing this command. Related Commands clear ip bgp bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Disables the Regex Performance engine that optimizes complex regular expression with BGP. Z9500 Syntax bgp regex-eval-optz-disable To re-enable optimization engine, use the no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable command. Defaults Enabled.
PAGE 480
bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. Z9500 Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor. Defaults The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if you do not configure Loopback interfaces, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router.
PAGE 481
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information When you enable soft-reconfiguration for a neighbor and you execute the clear ip bgp soft in command, the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are re-evaluated.
PAGE 482
Related Commands • show capture bgp-pdu neighbor – configures a route reflector and clients. • capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. capture bgp-pdu neighbor (ipv6) Enable capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet. Z9500 Syntax capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv6-address direction {both | rx | tx} To disable capture of the IPv6 BGP neighbor packet, use the no capture bgppdu neighbor ipv6-address command.
PAGE 483
Parameters ipv6-address Enter an IPv6 address to reset neighbors belonging to that IP. Used without a qualifier, the keyword resets all neighbors belonging to that IP. flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear all flap statistics belonging to that AS or a specified address family within that IP. ipv4 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 to select options for that address family. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to select options for that address family.
PAGE 484
Parameters * Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions. ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] (OPTIONAL) This keyword sequence sets options within the a specified IPv4 address family. ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] (OPTIONAL) This keyword sequence sets options within the a specified IPv6 address family. soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session, that is, BGP Soft Reconfiguration.
PAGE 485
Command Modes Command History ipv4 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 to select options for that address family. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to select options for that address family. unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword unicast to select the unicast option within the selected address family. multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword multicast to select the multicast option within the selected address family. Multicast is supported on IPv4 only.
PAGE 486
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced After you enter this command, the software deletes history routes and returns suppressed routes to active state. clear ip bgp ipv6 flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap.
PAGE 487
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information If you enter clear ip bgp flap-statistics without any parameters, all statistics are cleared. Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics – views BGP flap statistics. clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast Reset MBGP sessions.
PAGE 488
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening Clear information on route dampening. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear ip bgp dampening ipv6 unicast [network network-mask] network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format. network-mask If you enter the network address, then enter the network mask, from 0 to 128. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.
PAGE 489
Command Modes Command History • ^ (caret) matches the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ (dollar sign) matches the end of the output string. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp keepalives Allows you to view information about BGP keepalive messages.
PAGE 490
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. debug ip bgp ipv6 dampening View information on IPv6 routes being dampened. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters Command Modes Command History in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound dampened routes.
PAGE 491
Parameters Command Modes Command History peer-group peer-groupname Enter the keywords peer-group followed by the name of the peer-group. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.
PAGE 492
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast updates View information about BGP updates. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast ipv6-address prefix-length updates [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast ipv6address prefix-length updates [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 493
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes Command History Usage Information peer-group peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords peer-group followed by the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view BGP notifications received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications sent to neighbors. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 494
out Command Modes Command History Usage Information (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications updates sent to neighbors. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes.
PAGE 495
description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol. Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Related Commands Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 496
Command Modes Command History • internal-distance = 200 • local-distance = 200 ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information CAUTION: Dell Networking recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies.
PAGE 497
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. show ipv6 prefix-list — View the selected IPv6 prefix-list. maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. Z9500 Syntax maximum-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes.
PAGE 498
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Identify a peer group by name. activate Enter the keyword activate to enable the identified neighbor or peer group in the new AFI/SAFI. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.
PAGE 499
Defaults Command Modes Command History • seconds = 5 seconds (internal peers) • seconds = 30 seconds (external peers) ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path.
PAGE 500
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 501
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. text Enter a continuous text string up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 502
Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Other BGP filtering commands include the neighbor filter-list and neighbor route-map commands. Related Commands • neighbor filter-list – assigns a AS-PATH list to a neighbor or peer group. • neighbor route-map – assigns a route map to a neighbor or peer group.
PAGE 503
neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} fall-over To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} fall-over command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Enter the name of the peer group. Version Description 9.
PAGE 504
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group. as-path-name Enter the name of an established AS-PATH access list. If you do not configure the AS-PATH access list, the default is permit (to allow routes). The maximum is 16 characters. in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound BGP routes.
PAGE 505
this percentage of the maximum value, the software sends a message. The range is 1 to 100 percent. The default is 75. warning-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords warning-only to set the router to send a log message when the maximum value is reached. If you do not set this parameter, the router stops peering when the maximum number of prefixes is reached. Defaults threshold = 75 Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 506
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you configure the set ipv6 next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Allows you to assign one peer to a existing peer group.
PAGE 507
• neighbor advertisement-interval • neighbor distribute-list • neighbor route-map • neighbor route-reflector-client • neighbor send-community A neighbor may keep its configuration after it was added to a peer group if the neighbor’s configuration is more specific than the peer group’s, and the neighbor’s configuration does not affect outgoing updates. A peer group must exist before you add a peer to it.
PAGE 508
Related Commands • neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) – assigns routers to a peer group. • neighbor remote-as – assigns an indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. • neighbor shutdown – disables a peer or peer group. neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one.
PAGE 509
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group. number Enter a number of the AS. The range is 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 510
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Applies to EBGP neighbors only. If the AS-PATH contains both public and private AS number or contains AS numbers of an EBGP neighbor, the private AS numbers are not removed.
PAGE 511
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command.
PAGE 512
Usage Information The first time you enter this command it configures the neighbor as a route reflector and members of the route-reflector cluster. Internal BGP (IBGP) speakers do not need to be fully meshed if you configure a route reflector. When all clients of a route reflector are disabled, the neighbor is no longer a route reflector. neighbor send-community Send a COMMUNITY attribute to a BGP neighbor or peer group.
PAGE 513
Parameters ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor for which you want to start storing inbound routing updates. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group for which you want to start storing inbound routing updates. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPv6 ADDRESS FAMILY (conf-router_bgpv6_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 514
mask Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Enter a prefix mask in / prefix-length format (/x). Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the no neighbor {ipv6address | peer-group-name} shutdown command.
PAGE 515
specified BGP sessions. When a neighbor or peer group is shutdown, use the show ip bgp summary command to confirm its status. Related Commands • show ip bgp summary – displays the current BGP configuration. • show ip bgp neighbors – displays the current BGP neighbors. neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group.
PAGE 516
When two neighbors, configured with different keepalive and holdtime values, negotiate for new values, the resulting values are as follows: • the lower of the holdtime values is the new holdtime value, and • whichever is the lower value; one-third of the new holdtime value, or the configured keepalive value is the new keepalive value. neighbor update-source Enable the software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions.
PAGE 517
neighbor weight Assign a weight to the neighbor connection, which is used to determine the best path. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} weight weight To remove a weight value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} weight weight command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 518
Parameters encrypt-pass Enter the encrypted password. clear-pass Enter the clear text password. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced The TCP session is authentication and hence prevents the data from being compromised. network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table.
PAGE 519
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The software resolves the network address configured by the network command with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable via non-BGP routes and non-default routes. Related Commands redistribute – redistributes routes into BGP.
PAGE 520
redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. Z9500 Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution [connected | static] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes.
PAGE 521
redistribute ospf Redistribute OSPFv3 routes into BGP. Z9500 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [[match external {1 | 2}] [match internal]] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process. The range is 1 to 65535. match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only.
PAGE 522
router bgp Enter ROUTER BGP mode to configure and enable BGP. Z9500 Syntax router bgp as-number To disable BGP, use the no router bgp as-number command. Parameters process-id Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process. The range is 1 to 65535. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 523
show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 524
• Command History Example EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 525
Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths as-path Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 526
show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique Extended community information in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp regexp Allows you to view the subset of BGP routing table matching the regular expressions specified.
PAGE 527
Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ipv6 prefix-list Displays the specified IPv6 prefix list. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 prefix-list detail {prefix-list name} | summary detail Display a detailed description of the selected IPv6 prefix list. prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names.
PAGE 528
Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. network-mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix format) of the BGP network address. longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 529
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community [community-number] [localas] [no-export] [no-advertise] communitynumber Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system.
PAGE 530
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list community-list-name [exact-match] communitylist-name Enter the name of a configured IP community list. exact-match (OPTIONAL) Enter exact-match to display only for an exact match of the communities. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 531
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Display BGP internal information for IPv6 Unicast address family. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes.
PAGE 532
The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list as-path-name as-path-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the name of an AS-PATH. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 533
• + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string.
PAGE 534
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands 534 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors [ipv6-address prefix-length | ip-address] [advertised-routes | dampened-routes | detail | flap-statistics | routes] ipv6-address prefix-length | ip-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128.
PAGE 535
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group [peer-group-name [summary]] peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view peer-groupspecific information for the IPv6 address family.
PAGE 536
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example 536 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Dell# show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 55.55.55.
PAGE 537
timers bgp Allows you to adjust the BGP network timers for all neighbors. Z9500 Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtimer To return to the default values, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands keepalive Enter the time interval in seconds between which the software sends keepalive messages. The range is 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds.
PAGE 538
Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. summary Display a summary of RPF routes. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 539
Content Addressable Memory (CAM) 9 You can use Content Addressable Memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. WARNING: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
PAGE 540
validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
PAGE 541
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Added support for fcoe. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OpenFlow. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.2 Clarified block information for the S4810. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vmandual-qos. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 542
Enter the CAM profile name then the amount of CAM space to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The range for ipv4acl is from 1 to 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 543
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When you enable this command, if a Policy Map containing classification rules (ACL and/or dscp/ ip-precedence rules) is applied to more than one physical interface on the same port pipe, only a single copy of the policy is written (only one FP entry is used). NOTE: An ACL itself may still require more that a single FP entry, regardless of the number of interfaces.
PAGE 544
IpMacAcl VmanQos EcfmAcl Openflow : : : : 0 0 0 0 -- linecard 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 256 entries L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 2 L2PT : 1 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 Openflow : 0 -- linecard 1 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 256 entries L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 2 L2PT : 1 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 Openflow : 0 -- linecard 2 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 256 entries L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl :
PAGE 545
Parameters input policymap-name Enter the name of the policy map to verify. Maximum is 32 characters. linecard number portset port-pipenumber Enter a line card and port-pipe number to check CAM usage on specified ports. The range of valid port-pipe numbers is 0 to 3. Enter linecard all to verify the CAM space available for all ports on the switch. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 546
Example 546 Term Explanation Estimated CAM per Port Estimates the amount of CAM space the listed policy will require. Status Indicates whether or not the policy will be allowed in the CAM.
PAGE 547
Control Plane Policing (CoPP) 10 Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
PAGE 548
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. There are three line cards (0-2) with fixed ports on the Z9500. Line card 0 uses three sets of ports (port pipes): 0 to 2; line cards 1 and 2 use four sets of ports: 0 to 3. • On line card 0, port set 0 consists of ports 0–44; port set 1 consists of ports 48–92; port set 2 consists of ports 96–140.
PAGE 549
• Queues 16 to 23 process packets destined to the line card CPU. Defaults Clear per-queue rate-limiting counters for all control-plane and port traffic. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 550
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues cpu-qos Apply a QoS input policy-map that rate-limits traffic on control-plane queues. Z9500 Syntax Parameters service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues policy-name cpu-qos policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 551
policy-map-input cpu-qos — creates an input-policy map for CoPP. service-policy rate-limit-protocols cpu-qos Apply a QoS input policy-map that rate-limits protocol traffic on the control plane. Z9500 Syntax Parameters service-policy rate-limit-protocols policy-name cpu-qos policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 552
class-map cpu-qos — creates a QoS class map for CoPP. qos-policy-input cpu-qos — creates a QoS input-policy map for CoPP. policy-map-input cpu-qos — creates an input-policy map for CoPP. show control-traffic protocol Display per-protocol counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic.
PAGE 553
The number of RxBytes is calculated as: Drops/ + TxBytes/ = RxBytes (total packets received) To clear the per-protocol counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic at the aggregated (switch) or line card and port set level, use the clear controltraffic protocol command.
PAGE 554
v6 MULTICAST CATCH ALL 0 0 0 DHCP RELAY/DHCP 0 0 0 v6 ICMP NA/v6 ICMP RA 0 0 0 v6 ICMP NS/v6 ICMP RS 0 0 0 v6 ICMP/ICMP 0 0 0 MLD 0 0 0 MSDP 0 0 0 FTP/TELNET/SSH/ L3 LOCAL TERMINATED 0 0 0 L3 UNKNOWN/UNRESOLVED ARP 0 0 0 iSCSI 0 0 0 FCoE 0 0 0 SFLOW 0 0 0 VLT CTRL/VLT IPM PDU 0 0 0 HYPERPULL 0 0 0 OPENFLOW 0 0 0 L2 DST HIT/BROADCAST 0 0 0 VLT TTL1/TRACEFLOW/TTL0/ STATION MOVE/TTL1/IP OPTION/ L3 MTU FAIL/SOURCE MISS 0 0 0 show control-traffic queue Display per-queue counters of rate-limited control-plane tr
PAGE 555
Route Processor, Control Processor, and line-card CPUs as follows: • Queues 0 to 7 process packets destined to the Control Processor CPU . • Queues 8 to 15 process packets destined to the Route Processor CPU. • Queues 16 to 23 process packets destined to the line card CPU. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 556
show cpu-queue rate Display the rates for each control-plane queue. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show cpu-queue rate [all | queue-id queue-number | range from_queue to_queue] all Display the rate for all control-plane queues (CPU queues 0– 23). queue-id queue-number Display the rate for a specified control-plane queue. The range of CPU queue values is from 0 to 23. range from_queue to_queue Display the rate for a range of control-plane queues. The range of CPU queue values is from 0 to 23.
PAGE 557
Q22 Q23 Command History 800 5000 1000 5000 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 558
Example Dell#show ip protocol-queue-mapping Protocol Src-Port Rate (kbps) ------------------------TCP (BGP) any/179 RP 2500 UDP (DHCP) 67/68 CP 1200 UDP (DHCP-R) 67 CP 1200 TCP (FTP) any CP 400 ICMP any CP 300 IGMP any RP 300 TCP (MSDP) any/639 RP 100 UDP (NTP) any CP 200 OSPF any RP 2500 PIM any RP 300 UDP (RIP) any RP 200 TCP (SSH) any CP 400 TCP (TELNET) any CP 400 VRRP any RP 400 Dst-Port TcpFlag Queue EgPort -------- ------- ----- ------ 179/any _ Q15 68/67 _ Q7 67 _ Q7 21 _ Q4 an
PAGE 559
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 560
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 561
protocol traffic is sent with the applied rate limits (configured or default) in kilobits per second (kbps). The egress port queues on CPUs are abbreviated as: RP (Route Processor), CP (Control Processor), and LC (line card). Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.
PAGE 562
v6 ICMP NS 600 1000 v6 ICMP RS 600 1000 v6 ICMP 300 2000 BGP 2500 2000 OSPF 2500 2000 RIP 200 1000 VRRP 400 2000 ICMP 300 2000 IGMP 300 2000 PIM 300 2000 MSDP 100 2000 BFD 7000 3000 802.
PAGE 563
200 500 BROADCAST MULTICAST CATCH ALL 200 500 ACL LOGGING 200 1000 L3 HEADER ERROR/TTL0 200 500 IP OPTION/TTL1 100 500 VLAN L3 MTU FAIL 200 500 Physical L3 MTU FAIL 200 500 ICMP REDIRECT 200 500 SOURCE MISS 200 500 STATION MOVE 200 500 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) 500 Q9 500 Q20 1000 Q0 500 Q0 500 Q1 500 Q1 500 Q1 500 Q20 500 Q20 500 RP 200 LP 200 CP 200 CP 100 CP 200 CP 200 CP 200 LP 200 LP 200 563
PAGE 564
11 Debugging and Diagnostics Use the debugging and diagnostics commands described in this chapter to troubleshoot switch operation. This chapter contains the following sections: • Offline Diagnostic Commands • Buffer Tuning Commands • Hardware Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands Use the offline diagnostics test suite to isolate faults and debug switch hardware. While tests are running, the system results are saved as a text file in the flash directory: TestReport-N.
PAGE 565
rp unit-id Enter the keyword rp unit-id parameters to run offline diagnostic tests only on the Route Processor CPU. The Route Processor CPU ID is 0. linecard unit-id Enter the linecard unit-id parameters to run offline diagnostic tests only on a specified line card. The range of line-card CPU IDs is from 0 to 2. Each line-card CPU processes packets on the corresponding Z9500 line card; for example, line-card CPU 1 processes packets on line card 1.
PAGE 566
Usage Information Before you use this command to run diagnostic test, make sure the switch is offline (offline system command). You are prompted to reboot when the off-line diagnostics complete. Use the show diag command to view a summary of diagnostic information presented for each Z9500 CPU. At the end of offline diagnostic tests, a test report is generated. The filename of the report is TestReport-{CP/LP/RP}-N.
PAGE 567
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added a warning message to the off-line diagnostic. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. To run diagnostic tests on an offline switch, use the diag command. The system reboots when offline diagnostics complete.
PAGE 568
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This command is used to manually reset or reboot the system when diagnostics complete. Related Commands diag — run diagnostic tests on an offline switch. offline stack-unit— bring the system offline to run diagnostic tests. show diag Display results of offline diagnostic tests on a switch.
PAGE 569
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.
PAGE 570
Diagnostic test results located: flash:/TestReportLP-0.txt Last notification received at Wed Jan 08, 2014 04:40:29 AM Last notification message : Level0 diag done.
PAGE 571
LEVEL 0 DIAGNOSTIC eepromTest .................................................. PASS Starting test: i2cTest ......
PAGE 572
ERROR: Qsfp Module:20 is not present ERROR: Qsfp Module:21 is not present ERROR: Qsfp Module:22 is not present ERROR: Qsfp Module:23 is not present ERROR: Qsfp Module:24 is not present ERROR: Qsfp Module:27 is not present ERROR: Qsfp Module:28 is not present ERROR: Qsfp Module:29 is not present qsfpOpticsTest .............................................. FAIL qsfpPhyTest ................................................. PASS rtcTest ..................................................... PASS sataSsdTest ...
PAGE 573
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 574
cp unit-id Enter the cp unit-id parameters to display only the offline diagnostic tests available on the Control Processor CPU. The Control Processor CPU ID is 0. rp unit-id Enter the rp unit-id parameters to display only the offline diagnostic tests available on the Route Processor CPU. The Route Processor CPU ID is 0. linecard unit-id Enter the linecard unit-id parameters to display only the offline diagnostic tests available for a specified line card. The range of line-card CPU IDs is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 575
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Offline diagnostics tests are grouped into three levels: • • • Example Level 0 — Level 0 diagnostics check for the presence of various components and perform essential path verifications.
PAGE 576
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO qsfpReadInterruptTest: YES qsfpReadModeTest: YES rtcTest: NO sataSsdTest: NO temperatureTest: NO ALL RUN NO NO ALL RUN NO NO ALL RUN YES YES ALL RUN YES YES ALL RUN YES NO Buffer Tuning Commands This section describes the buffer tuning commands supported on the switch. WARNING: Reconfiguring the buffer allocations is a sensitive operation.
PAGE 577
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Changed the default value from global 4q to Dynamic. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added the global keyword. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The buffer-profile global command fails if you have already applied a custom buffer-profile on an interface.
PAGE 578
Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Example Dell# clear control-traffic cp-switch counters Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the ES-Series.
PAGE 579
linecard slot-id unit unit-num Enter the linecard slot-id parameters with a command option to clear the hardware statistics for a specified Z9500 line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. The command options are: • counters: Clears traffic counters on line-card ports. • cpu data-plane statistics: Clears data-plane statistics, including the HiGig port statistics with input/ output counters to which the stacking module is connected. • cpu i2c statistics : Clears active i2c-address statistics.
PAGE 580
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 581
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show hardware — displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics for a specified hardware component. remote-exec Debug and troubleshoot switch hardware using remote commands.
PAGE 582
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Modified the drops keyword range, unit keyword range and added the buffer and cpu management statistics options. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.5 Added i2c statistics and sata-interfaces statistics. 8.3.11.4 Added user port information. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 583
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the ES-Series. Dell# show control-traffic counters show hardware Display input and output traffic statistics and other operational information about a specified hardware component.
PAGE 584
output counters to which the stacking module is connected. cp-switch linecard slot-id 584 • cpu i2c statistics : Displays active i2c-address statistics. • cpu management statistics: Displays management port counters. • cpu sata-interface statistics: Displays satainterface error counter statistics. Enter the keyword cp-switch with a command option to display hardware statistics for control-plane and protocol control traffic.
PAGE 585
• user-port {user-port-num | port-range}: Displays statistics on a specified line-card port or range of ports. • unit unit-num {counters | details | ipmcreplication | port-stats | register | table-dump}: Displays statistics on a specified NPU. The range of NPU numbers is 0 to 3. The command options are: – counters: Displays the traffic counters. – details: Displays more detailed hardware information. – ipmc-replication: Displays the multicast IPMC replication table from the bShell.
PAGE 586
statistics from the specified SFM on the Z9500. The range of SFM unit numbers is from 0 to 5. The command options are: • buffer {total-buffer | unit unit-num {port port-num | total-buffer}: Displays buffer statistics from the total SFM buffer or from a specified SFM unit. The range of SFM unit ID numbers is from 0 to 5. The range of SFM unit ports is from 1 to 128. • counters: Displays the counters for SFM traffic to troubleshoot an error condition.
PAGE 587
Version Description {counters | details | port-stats [detail] | register} 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 588
tx_q3_pkts = 0 tx_q4_pkts = 0 tx_q5_pkts = 0 tx_broad_pkts = 6178 tx_multi_pkts = 852 tx_uni_pkts = 296429 tx_pause_pkts = 0 tx_cols = 0 tx_single_cols = 0 tx_multi_cols = 0 tx_late_cols = 0 tx_excess_cols = 0 tx_deferred = 0 tx_discarded = 0 Party Bus Receive Counters for port 0: Rx Octets = 219885483 Rx Undersize Packets = 0 Rx Oversize Packets = 0 Rx Pause Packets = 0 Rx 64 Octet Packets = 115814 Rx 65to127octets Packets = 13278 Rx 128to255octets Packets = 523 Rx 256to511octets Packets = 3382 Rx 512to102
PAGE 589
0 17 0 18 0 19 0 20 0 21 0 22 0 23 0 24 0 28 0 32 0 36 0 40 0 44 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Example (Linecard Unit Port: Drops) 0 0 18 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 0 21 0 22 0 23 0 24 0 25 0 29 0 33 0 37 0 41 0 45 0 50 0 51 0 52 0 53 0 54 0 55 0 56 0 57 0 58 0 59 0 60 0 61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PAGE 590
Port bitmap zero Drops Rx VLAN Drops --- Ingress MAC counters--Ingress FCSDrops Ingress MTUExceeds --- MMU Drops --HOL DROPS(TOTAL) HOL DROPS on COS0 HOL DROPS on COS1 HOL DROPS on COS2 HOL DROPS on COS3 HOL DROPS on COS4 HOL DROPS on COS5 HOL DROPS on COS6 HOL DROPS on COS7 HOL DROPS on COS8 HOL DROPS on COS9 HOL DROPS on COS10 HOL DROPS on COS11 HOL DROPS on COS12 HOL DROPS on COS13 HOL DROPS on COS14 HOL DROPS on COS15 HOL DROPS on COS16 HOL DROPS on COS17 HOL DROPS on COS18 HOL DROPS on COS19 HOL DROPS
PAGE 591
F SFI 1550 xe7 down F SFI 1550 xe8 up F SFI 1550 xe9 !ena F SFI 1550 xe10 !ena F SFI 1550 xe11 !ena F SFI 1550 xe12 !ena F XGMII 1550 xe13 !ena F XGMII 1550 xe14 !ena F XGMII 1550 xe15 !ena F XGMII 1550 xe16 !ena F XGMII 1550 xe17 !ena F XGMII 1550 ge0 up FA GMII 16360 hg0 up F XGMII 16360 hg1 up F XGMII 16360 hg2 up F XGMII 16360 hg3 up F XGMII 16360 hg4 up F XGMII 16360 hg5 up F XGMII 16360 hg6 up F XGMII 16360 hg7 up F XGMII 16360 hg8 up F XGMII 16360 hg9 up F XGMII 16360 hg10 up F XGMII 16360 hg11 up F
PAGE 592
0x04000150 0x04000151 0x04000106 0x04000108 0x0400010a 0x04000140 0x04000142 0x04000143 0x0400010c 0x04000144 0x04000145 0x04000147 0x04000146 0x04000149 0x04000148 0x04000100 0x04000101 0x04000103 0x04000102 0x04000105 0x04000104 0x04000174 0x77000000 0x77010000 0x16004a00 0x16004b00 0x16004c00 0x16005300 0x0a009900 0x16004900 0x26001500 0x26001600 0x26001000 0x26001100 0x32000900 0x32000800 0x32000700 0x56002000 0x56002001 0x56002002 0x56002003 0x56002004 0x56002005 0x56002006 0x56002007 0x56002008 0x5600
PAGE 593
0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl3 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl4 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl5 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl6 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl7 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl0 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl1 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.
PAGE 594
+35,871,020 PERQ_DROP_PKT(0).cpu0 : 217,930 +217,930 PERQ_DROP_PKT(41).cpu0 : 2,186,107,010 +2,186,107,010 PERQ_DROP_BYTE(0).cpu0 : 14,819,240 +14,819,240 PERQ_DROP_BYTE(41).cpu0 : 148,655,276,680 +148,655,276,680 QUEUE_PEAK(0).cpu0 : 224 QUEUE_PEAK(41).cpu0 : 236 RUC.xe0 : 2,756,973,184 +2,756,973,184 RDBGC0.xe0 : 2,186,634,525 +2,186,634,525 RDBGC5.xe0 : 2,186,634,525 +2,186,634,525 ING_NIV_RX_FRAMES.xe0 : 2,756,973,184 +2,756,973,184 TDBGC3.xe0 : 2,881,121 +2,881,121 TDBGC6.
PAGE 595
The linkStatus of Front End Port 22 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 23 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 24 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 25 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 29 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 33 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 37 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 41 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 45 is FALSE The linkStatus of Hg Port 50 is TRUE The linkStatus of Hg Port 51 is TRUE The linkStatus of Hg Port 52 is T
PAGE 596
For Destination Mod Id 11 Destination Port is 50 !------------------ output truncated ---------------! Example (Linecard: Total-Buffer) Dell(conf)#show hardware linecard 2 buffer total-buffer ------ Buffer Details for linecard 2 -----Total Buffers allocated per linecard 61440 Example (Linecard Unit Port: BufferInfo) Dell(conf)#show hardware linecard 2 buffer-info ----- Buffer Stats for Unit 0 Port Maximum Shared Limit for the Port: Default Packet Buffer allocate for Used Packet Buffer for the Port: 0 bu
PAGE 597
Example (Linecard: Backplane-link Status) Dell#show hardware linecard 0 bp-link-state Total valid Links - 39 Valid Link bmp 0xfc0003f0-000fc000-3f0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Valid Link bmp State 0xf40003f0-000fc000-3d0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Example (Linecard Unit Port: HiGig Port Statistics) Dell#show hardware linecard 0 hg-stats unit 1 port 50 Higig Port Statistics: HiGigabitEthernet 0/1/50, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pk
PAGE 598
port-set portpipe Enter the keywords port-set port-pipe parameters to specify a port pipe (set of ports) on a line card. The range of port-pipe numbers is: 0 to 2 on line card 0 and 0 to 3 on line cards 1 and 2. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 599
slice=1, slice_idx=0x1, part =1 prio=0x130d, flags=0x10204, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, IpType Offset: 208 Width: 5 DATA=0x00000004 MASK=0x0000000c L3Routable Offset: 166 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 195 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=Drop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 110 slice = 0 idx=4 entries=1} {Packets} Usage Information The port-set values are internal port numbers.
PAGE 600
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information The port-set values are internal port numbers. For a cross reference of the internal and port numbers, refer to the Debugging and Diagnostics chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for the Z9500 System.
PAGE 601
{Packets} --More-- show hardware layer3 Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for a Z9500 line card and port pipe. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show hardware layer3 {acl | qos} linecard slot-id port-set port-pipe acl | qos Enter either the keyword acl or the keyword qos to select between ACL or QoS data. linecardslot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify a Z9500 line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 602
policer= statistics={stat id 64 {Packets} slice = 2 idx=1 entries=1} EID 0x000011b8: gid=0xf, slice=2, slice_idx=0x1, part =0 prio=0x11b8, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, StageEgress IpType Offset: 192 Width: 4 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x0000000e L3Routable Offset: 156 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 185 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000005 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=DropCancel, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 110 slice = 2
PAGE 603
show hardware system-flow Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for traffic flows on the central switch (aggregated CoPP) or a specified line card and port pipe. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show hardware system-flow layer2 [cp-switch | linecard slot-id port-set port-pipe] cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch to display information on system flows of control-plane traffic.
PAGE 604
MASK=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003ff c0003ffc InPorts DATA=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003c0 00003f80 MASK=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003ff c0003ffc Stage StageIngress _bcmFieldQualifyData Offset: 61 Width: 128 DATA=0x00000040 00000000 00000000 00000000 MASK=0x00003fc0 00000000 00000000 00000000 slice=0, slice_idx=0x100, part =1 prio=0x100, flags=0x10302, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, action={act=CosQNew, param0=7(0x7),
PAGE 605
action={act=RpDrop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer={peak_kbits_sec=0x200, peak_kbits_burst=0x64, commit_kbits_sec=0x200, commit_kbits_burst=0x64, PacketBased=0, mode=0x3, entries=2, Clean} statistics={stat id 2 slice = 0 idx=1 entries=2} {RedBytes}{NotRedBytes} ############## FP Entry for PVST --More-- ################ ############## FP Entry for LACP --More-- ################ ############## FP Entry for GVRP --More-- ################ ############## FP Entry for FRRP --Mor
PAGE 606
Stage --More-- tcpdump Enable a TCP dump for CPU-bound traffic on the Control and Router Processors.. Z9500 Syntax tcpdump {cp | rp} [capture-duration time | filter expression | max-file-count value | packet-count value | snap-length value | write-to path] To disable the TCP dump, use the no tcpdump command. Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to perform a dump on traffic processed by the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to perform a dump on traffic processed by the Route Processor CPU.
PAGE 607
• tftp://hostip/filepath Defaults TCP dumps are disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 608
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) 12 Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
PAGE 609
server statistics Enter the keywords server statistics to clear all counter information on the DHCP server. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 610
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 611
Parameters interface typeslot/port Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Enter the keyword interface with the interface type and slot/port information to display DHCP log messages for a specified interface. The valid interface types are: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 612
100.1.1.2 Jan 7 01:41:36: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: DHCP DISCOVER sent in Interface Fo 2/0 default-router Assign a default gateway to clients based on the address pool. Z9500 Syntax Parameters default-router address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of routers that may be the default gateway for clients on the subnet. You may specify up to eight routers. List them in order of preference.
PAGE 613
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 614
domain-name Assign a domain to clients based on the address pool. Z9500 Syntax Parameters domain-name name name Give a name to the group of addresses in a pool. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 615
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 616
host For manual (rather than automatic) configurations, assign a host to a single-address pool. Z9500 Syntax host address Parameters address/mask Enter the host IP address and subnet mask. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 617
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You must be in INTERFACE mode in order to configure an interface to dynamically acquire an IP address from a DHCP server.
PAGE 618
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 619
Usage Information Use this command to include the vendor-class identifier (option 60) in DHCP packets sent by the client. This option is used by DHCP clients to identify the vendor type and configuration of a DHCP client. The vendor-class identifier includes hardware-related information that identifies the switch and includes a user-configurable text string .
PAGE 620
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. netbios-name-server Specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers, in order of preference, that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. Z9500 Syntax Parameters netbios-name-server address [address2...address8] address Enter the address of the NETBIOS name server.
PAGE 621
• Hybrid: Enter the keyword h-node. • Mixed: Enter the keyword m-node. • Peer-to-peer: Enter the keyword p-node. Defaults Hybrid Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 622
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pool Create an address pool. Z9500 Syntax Parameters pool name name Enter the address pool’s identifying name. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 623
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 624
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Dell# show ip dhcp configuration global Protocol status : Enabled Number of ping packets : 1 Dell# Dell# show ip dhcp configuration Pool Name Pool Type Domain Name Lease Time DNS Servers Default Routers Network : : : : : : : pool p1 p1 Dynamic dell.com 2Days 0Hrs 0Mins 10.11.0.1 1.
PAGE 625
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp lease Display lease information about the dynamic IP address currently assigned to a DHCP client interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp dhcp lease [interface type slot/port] interface type slot/port Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Enter the keyword interface with the interface type and slot/port information to display DHCP lease information for a specified interface.
PAGE 626
Command History Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 627
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. arp inspection-trust — specifies a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table.
PAGE 628
clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. Z9500 Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 629
Usage Information Version Description 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series on Layer 2 interfaces. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series on Layer 3 interfaces. When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN.
PAGE 630
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 631
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. Z9500 Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 632
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 633
ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan name name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 634
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Added the keyword ipmac.
PAGE 635
Example Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Dell# show ip dhcp binding IP address 1.1.1.253 Automatic 1.1.1.254 Automatic Hardware address 00:00:00:00:00:10 Lease expiration Jan 08 2014 23:57 00:00:00:00:00:20 Jan 08 2014 23:57 Type show ip dhcp snooping Display the contents of the DHCP binding table or display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard.
PAGE 636
13 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device. ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold.
PAGE 637
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode. You can also enable on the port-channel configuration using the CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP command mode.
PAGE 638
• hg {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} 638 dest-ip: Uses the destination IP for ECMP hashing • lsb: Returns the LSB of the key as the hash • xor1: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1 • xor2: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR2 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor2 • xor4: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor4 • xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits
PAGE 639
• xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor8 • xor16: Use CR16 — 16 bit XOR seed seedvalue Enter the keyword seed then the hash algorithm seed value. The range is from 0 to 2147483646. linecard slot-id | port-set portpipe Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify a Z9500 line card. The slot IDs range from 0 to 2. Enter the port-set port-pipe parametrs to specify a port pipe (set of ports) on the line card. The port-pipe range is from 0 to 3.
PAGE 640
• Dell(conf)#hash-algorithm linecard 5 ip-sa-mask ff ip-damask ff • % Error: This command is not supported in the current microcode configuration In addition, the linecard slot-id ip-sa-mask value ip-da-mask value option has the following behavior to maintain bi-directionality: • When hashing is done on both IPSA and IPDA, the ip-sa-mask and ip-damask values must be equal. (Single Linecard).
PAGE 641
Term heading Description heading lsb Defaults • crc-lower • dest-ip enabled Returns the LSB of the key as the hash. The default is crclower. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 642
hash-algorithm hg To distribute traffic flows across different internal HiGig links, change the hash algorithm. Z9500 Syntax Parameters hash-algorithm hg {crc16 | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB} linecard slot-id port-set portpipe crc16 Use CRC16_BISYNC — 16 bit CRC16-bisync polynomial (default). xor1 Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1.
PAGE 643
hash-algorithm hg-seed Select the seed value used in HiGig hashing. Z9500 Syntax Parameters [no] hash-algorithm hg-seed number [linecard slot-id port-set port-pipe] hg-seed number Enter the keywords hg-seed then the hash algorithm seed value. The range is from 0 to 2147483646. linecard slot-id port-set portpipe (Optional) Enter the line-card slot ID and port-pipe number for the set of ports for which you configure HiGig hashing. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is 0 to 2.
PAGE 644
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 645
To negate a command, use the no ip ecmp-group maximum-paths {number} command. Parameters maximumpaths Specify the maximum number of ECMP for a route. The range is 2 to 64. path-fallback Use the keywords path-fallback to enable this feature. If you enable the feature, re-enter this keyword to disable the feature. Defaults 16 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 646
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. link-bundle-monitor enable Provides a mechanism to enable monitoring of traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. Z9500 Syntax link-bundle-monitor enable To exit from ECMP group mode, use the exit command.
PAGE 647
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ECMP-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 648
Te 0/4 Te 0/3 648 Up Up 5 30 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP)
PAGE 649
FIPS Cryptography 14 To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the commands described in this chapter. fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. Z9500 Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
PAGE 650
show fips status Displays the status of the FIPS mode. Z9500 Syntax show fips status Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Example Dell#show fips status FIPS Mode: Enabled Dell# Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.
PAGE 651
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell #show ip ssh SSH server SSH server version Password Authentication Hostbased Authentication RSA Authentication Vty Encryption 1 3des-cbc 2 3des-cbc : enabled. : v1 and v2. : enabled. : disabled. : disabled. HMAC Remote IP hmac-md5 10.1.20.48 hmac-md5 10.1.20.48 With FIPS Mode enabled: Dell #show ip ssh SSH server : enabled.
PAGE 652
-c encryption cipher Enter the following encryption cipher to use. (For v2 clients only.) Without the FIPS mode enabled: • 3des-cbc: Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher. With the FIPS mode enabled: • aes128–cbc: Force ssh to use the aes128–cbc encryption cipher. • aes256–cbc: Force ssh to use the aes256–cbc encryption cipher. -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword —l then the user name used in this SSH session. The default is the user name of the user associated with the terminal.
PAGE 653
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 654
aes128-cbc Force ssh to use aes128-cbc encryption cipher aes256-cbc Force ssh to use aes256-cbc encryption cipher Dell #ssh 10.11.8.
PAGE 655
Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) 15 Force10 resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode.
PAGE 656
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. The system requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
PAGE 657
detail Enter the keyword detail to display detailed debug information related to the entire ring protocol packets. ring-id (Optional) Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. count number Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 65534. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 658
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 659
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. interface Configure the primary, secondary, and control-vlan interfaces. Z9500 Syntax interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} To return to the default, use the no interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} command.
PAGE 660
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 661
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 662
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. Z9500 Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 663
show frrp Display the resilient ring protocol configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show frrp [ring-id [summary]] | [summary] ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255 summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view just a summarized version of the Ring configuration. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 664
• The number of state change counters Example (Summary) Dell#show frrp summary Example (1) Dell#show frrp 1 Ring protocol 1 is in Master mode Ring Protocol Interface: Primary : TenGigabitEthernet 0/16 State: Forwarding Secondary: Port-channel 100 State: Blocking Control Vlan: 1 Ring protocol Timers: Hello-Interval 50 msec Dead-Interval 150 msec Ring Master's MAC Address is 00:01:e8:13:a3:19 Topology Change Statistics: Tx:110 Rx:45 Hello Statistics: Tx:13028 Rx:12348 Number of state Changes: 34 Member V
PAGE 665
invalid value is entered, an error message is generated. The range is from 50 to 2000 ms. Default: 500 ms. dead-interval milliseconds Enter the keyword dead-interval then the time, in milliseconds, to set the dead interval of the control packets. The range is from 50 to 6000 ms. Default: 1500 ms. NOTE: The configured dead interval must be at least three times the hello interval.
PAGE 666
GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) 16 The Dell Networking OS supports basic GVRP commands on the switch. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes. At the same time, based on received declarations or withdrawals, GARP handles attributes of other participants.
PAGE 667
• VLANs created dynamically with GVRP exist only as long as a GVRP-enabled device is sending updates. If the devices no longer send updates, or GVRP is disabled, or the system is rebooted, all dynamic VLANs are removed. • GVRP manages the active topology, not non-topological data such as VLAN protocols. If a local bridge must classify and analyze packets by VLAN protocols, manually configure protocol-based VLANs, and simply rely on GVRP for VLAN updates.
PAGE 668
Related Commands show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. Z9500 Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration. event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JOIN/ LEAVE events.
PAGE 669
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series disable Globally disable GVRP. Z9500 Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 670
To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command. Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. The range is from 100 to 147483647 milliseconds. The default is 200 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100. leave Enter the keyword leave then the number of milliseconds to configure the leave time. The range is from 100 to 2147483647 milliseconds. The default is 600 milliseconds.
PAGE 671
• Related Commands Leave All Timer — The Leave All timer starts when a GARP application entity starts. When this timer expires, the entity sends a Leave-all message so that other entities can reregister their attribute information. Then the Leave-all time begins again. show garp timers — displays the current GARP times. gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. Z9500 Syntax gvrp enable To disable GVRP on the interface, use the no gvrp enable command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 672
gvrp registration Configure the GVRP register type. Z9500 Syntax gvrp registration {fixed | normal | forbidden} To return to the default, use the gvrp register normal command. Parameters fixed Enter the keyword fixed then the VLAN range in a commaseparated VLAN ID set. normal Enter the keyword normal then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set. This setting is the default. forbidden Enter the keyword forbidden then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set.
PAGE 673
Related Commands show gvrp — displays the GVRP configuration including the registration. protocol gvrp Access GVRP protocol — (config-gvrp)#. Z9500 Syntax protocol gvrp Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 674
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series gvrp enable — enables GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. protocol gvrp — accesses the GVRP protocol. show garp timers Display the GARP timer settings for sending GARP messages.
PAGE 675
LeaveAll Timer Dell# Related Commands 10000 garp timers — sets the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show gvrp [brief | interface] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a brief summary of the GVRP configuration. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 676
Usage Information If no ports are GVRP participants, the message output changes from GVRP Participants running on to GVRP Participants running on no ports. Example R3#show gvrp brief GVRP Feature is currently enabled.
PAGE 677
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.
PAGE 678
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) 17 IGMP and IGMP snooping commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the switch. This chapter contains the following sections: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376. Important Points to Remember • Dell Networking OS supports protocol-independent multicast-sparse (PIM-SM) and protocolindependent source-specific multicast (PIM-SSM) include and exclude modes.
PAGE 679
• • • • For a Port-Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then the slot/port information. The range is from 1 to 128. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the slot/port information. The range is from 1 to 4094. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 680
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 681
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The access list accepted is an extended ACL. To block IGMP reports from hosts, on a per-interface basis based on the group address and source address that you specify in the access list, use this feature.
PAGE 682
ip igmp immediate-leave Enable IGMP immediate leave. Z9500 Syntax ip igmp immediate-leave [group-list prefix-list-name] To disable ip igmp immediate leave, use the no ip igmp immediateleave command. Parameters group-list prefix-listname Enter the keywords group-list then a string up to 16 characters long of the prefix-list-name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 683
ip igmp last-member-query-interval Change the last member query interval, which is the Max Response Time inserted into Group-Specific Queries sent in response to Leave Group messages. This interval is also the interval between GroupSpecific Query messages. Z9500 Syntax ip igmp last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp last-member-queryinterval command. Parameters milliseconds Enter the number of milliseconds as the interval.
PAGE 684
Defaults 125 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 685
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 686
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. 7.5.1.
PAGE 687
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Mapping applies to both v1 and v2 IGMP joins; any updates to the ACL are reflected in the IGMP groups. You may not use extended access lists with this command. When you configure a static SSM map and the router cannot find any matching access lists, the router continues to accept (*,G) groups.
PAGE 688
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Expanded to support the exclude and include options. A group in include mode must have at least one source address defined. In exclude mode, if you do not specify a source address, The system implicitly assumes all sources are included.
PAGE 689
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip igmp groups View the IGMP groups.
PAGE 690
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 691
225.0.0.4 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Member Ports: Po 2 Example (VLT) NOTE: The asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 2) highlighted in the following example indicates the port channel is VLT, that the local VLT port channel is down and the remote VLT port is up. Dell#show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Mode Uptime Expires Last Reporter 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Member Ports: Po 2* 225.0.0.
PAGE 692
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results.
PAGE 693
Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip igmp ssm-map — uses a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships. IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Snooping version 2 and 3 are supported on the switch.
PAGE 694
If the IP SA in the incoming IGMP general query frame is lower than the IP address of the VLAN interface, the switch disables its IGMP snooping Querier functionality. If the IP SA of the incoming IGMP general query is higher than the VLAN IP address, the switch continues to work as an IGMP snooping Querier. ip igmp snooping enable Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN. This command is the master on/off switch to enable IGMP snooping.
PAGE 695
ip igmp snooping fast-leave Enable IGMP snooping fast-leave for this VLAN. Z9500 Syntax ip igmp snooping fast-leave To disable IGMP snooping fast leave, use the no igmp snooping fast-leave command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 696
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 697
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. This last-member-query-interval is also the interval between successive GroupSpecific Query messages.
PAGE 698
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 699
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically. This behavior is useful when there is no multicast router present in the VLAN because the multicast traffic is not routed. Assign an IP address to the VLAN interface for the switch to act as a querier for this VLAN. show ip igmp snooping mrouter Display multicast router interfaces.
PAGE 700
Vlan 2 Te 1/3, Po 1 Dell# Related Commands 700 • ip igmp snooping mrouter — configures a static connection to the multicast router. • show ip igmp groups — view groups.
PAGE 701
18 Interfaces The Dell Networking OS supports the interface configuration commands described in this chapter. This chapter contains the following sections: • • • • Basic Interface Commands EIS Commands Port Channel Commands UDP Broadcast Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
PAGE 702
vrrp [[ipv6] vrid] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups. To clear the counters of VRRP groups on all IPv6 interfaces, enter ipv6. To clear the counters of a specified group, enter a VRID number from 1 to 255. learning-limit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords learning-limit to clear unknown source address (SA) drop counters when MAC learning limit is configured on the interface. Defaults Without an interface specified, the command clears all interface counters.
PAGE 703
clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear dampening [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/ port or number to clear counters from a specified interface: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 704
Related Commands show interfaces dampening — displays interface dampening information. dampening — configures dampening on an interface. dampening Configure dampening on an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppressthreshold]] [max-suppress-time]] half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased. The penalty decreases half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 705
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. With each flap, the system penalizes the interface by assigning a penalty (1024) that decays exponentially depending on the configured half-life. After the accumulated penalty exceeds the suppress threshold value, the interface moves to the ErrorDisabled state. This interface state is deemed as “down” by all static/dynamic Layer 2 and Layer 3 protocols. The penalty is exponentially decayed based on the half-life timer.
PAGE 706
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Modified for E-Series: Revised from 78 to 240 characters. Important Points to Remember: • To use special characters as a part of the description string, you must enclose the whole string in double quotes.
PAGE 707
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 708
pausethreshold Enter the keyword pause-threshold to configure the buffer threshold (in Kilobytes) at which the interface starts transmitting pause frames for link-level flow control. Valid values are 1 to 12480KB. The default is 60KB. resume-offset Enter the keyword resume-offset to configure the buffer threshold (in Kilobytes) at which the interface resumes transmitting offset frames for link-level flow control. Valid values are 1 to 12480KB. The default is 9KB.
PAGE 709
no shut on the interface, then check the running-config of the port using the show interface command. Important Points to Remember • Do not enable tx pause when buffer carving is enabled. For information and assistance, consult Dell Networking TAC. • Asymmetric flow control (rx on tx off, or rx off tx on) setting for the interface port less than 100 Mb/s speed is not permitted.
PAGE 710
range • For a null interface, enter the keyword null then the slot/port information. The Null interface number is 0. • For a Management Ethernet interface, enter the keyword managementethernet then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then the slot/port information. The range is from 0 to 16383. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 711
You can create up to 64 tunnel interfaces. The tunnel is added as a logical interface with no default configuration. To delete a tunnel interface, use the no interface tunnel tunnel-id command. Example Dell(conf)#int tengigabitethernet 0/0 Dell(conf-if-te-0/0)#exit Dell(conf)# Related Commands interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface. interface null — configures a Null interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel. interface vlan — configures a VLAN.
PAGE 712
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Example Dell(conf)#interface loopback 1655 Dell(conf-if-lo-1655)# Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface. interface null — configures a Null interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel. interface vlan — configures a VLAN.
PAGE 713
Usage Information Version Description 6.4.1.0 Introduced You cannot delete a Management port. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). To assign an IP address to the Management port, use the ip address command. If your system has two RPMs installed, use the show redundancy command to display which RPM is the Primary RPM.
PAGE 714
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You cannot delete the Null interface. The only configuration command possible in a Null interface is ip unreachables. Example Dell(conf)#interface null 0 Dell(conf-if-nu-0)# Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface. interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface.
PAGE 715
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword Tunnel then a number from 1 to 16383. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 716
• If overlapping port ranges are specified, the port range is extended to the smallest start port and the biggest end port.
PAGE 717
Related Commands interface port-channel — configures a port channel group. interface vlan — configures a VLAN interface. show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) — shows the bulk configuration interfaces. show range — shows the bulk configuration ranges. interface range macro (define) — defines a macro for an interface-range. interface range macro (define) Defines a macro for an interface range and then saves the macro in the running configuration.
PAGE 718
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (Single Range) Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.
PAGE 719
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (Single Range) Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 720
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. For more information about VLANs and the commands to configure them, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section of the Layer 2 chapter. FTP, TFTP, and SNMP operations are not supported on a VLAN. MAC ACLs are not supported in VLANs. IP ACLs are supported. For more information, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter.
PAGE 721
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 722
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Enabling quad mode on a port removes the interface configurations (if any) on the port after a save and reload. Be sure that the port is removed from other L2 and L3 feature configurations. You must save and reload the system for the 40G to 4x10G port change to take effect. This command cannot be used if LR4 optics are inserted in the 40G port.
PAGE 723
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. In the Examples, the delta column displays changes since the last screen refresh.
PAGE 724
Out Packets Fo 2/4 0 Fo 2/8 0 Fo 2/12 0 Fo 2/16 0 Fo 2/20 0 Fo 2/24 0 Fo 2/28 0 Fo 2/32 0 Fo 2/36 0 Fo 2/40 0 Fo 2/44 0 Fo 2/48 0 Fo 2/52 0 Fo 2/56 0 Fo 2/60 0 Fo 2/64 0 Fo 2/68 0 Fo 2/72 0 Fo 2/76 0 Fo 2/80 0 Fo 2/84 0 Fo 2/88 0 Fo 2/92 0 Fo 2/96 0 screen Up Down Down Up Up Down Up Up Down Up Up Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down [delta] 2 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PAGE 725
Interface Out Packets Te 1/0 0 Te 1/1 0 Te 2/2 0 Te 2/3 0 Fo 2/4 0 Fo 2/8 0 Fo 1/12 0 Fo 1/16 0 Fo 1/20 0 Fo 2/24 0 Fo 2/28 0 Fo 2/32 0 Fo 2/36 0 Fo 2/40 0 Fo 2/44 0 Ma 0/0 0 screen Link Down Down Down Down Up Down Down Up Up Down Up Up Down Up Up Down In Packets [delta] 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 11 0 11 11 0 0 0 0 12 11 0 11 12 0 0 0 0 0 13 0 0 12 0 17 1 0 [delta] m - Change mode c - Clear b - Display bytes pkts/bytes per sec l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval refresh inte
PAGE 726
pps 0 Over 127B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Over 255B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Over 511B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Over 1023B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Error statistics: 00:04:36: %RPM0-P:CP %CHMGR-5-PEM_INSERTED: Power entry module 3 of unit 0 is inserted Input underruns: 0 0 pps 0 Input giants: 0 0 pps 0 00:04:36: %RPM0-P:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_UP: Power supply 3 in unit 0 is up Input throttles: 0 0 pps 0 Input CRC: 0 0 pps 0 Input IP checksum: 0 0 pps 0 Input overrun: 0 0 pps 0 Output underruns: 0 0 pps 0 Output throttles: 0 0 pps 0 screen
PAGE 727
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 728
Layer 2 Overhead Link MTU and IP MTU Delta Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes portmode hybrid To accept both tagged and untagged frames, set a physical port or port-channel. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. Z9500 Syntax portmode hybrid To return a port to accept either tagged or untagged frames (non-hybrid), use the no portmode hybrid command.
PAGE 729
• VLAN 20 tagged frames The following describes the do show interfaces command shown in the following example. This example shows output with “Hybrid” as the newly added value for 802.1QTagged. The options for this field are: • True — port is tagged • False — port is untagged • Hybrid — port accepts both tagged and untagged frames The following describes the interface vlan command shown in the following example.
PAGE 730
rate-interval Configure the traffic sampling interval on the selected interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters rate-interval seconds seconds Enter the number of seconds for which to collect traffic data. The range is from 5 to 299 seconds. NOTE: Because polling occurs every 15 seconds, the number of seconds designated here rounds to the multiple of 15 seconds lower than the entered value. For example, if 44 seconds is designated, it rounds to 30; 45 to 59 seconds rounds to 45.
PAGE 731
reset linecard Reset the ports on a Z9500 line card. Z9500 Syntax Parameters reset linecard slot-id linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID number to specify the set of line-card ports to be reset. The range of Z9500 line-card slot IDs is 0 to 2. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell NetworkingOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 732
Related Commands • reload – reboots the Dell Networking OS. show config Display the interface configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 733
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 734
linecard slot-id • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the Z9500 ports on a line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 735
Usage Information Version Description 6.3.1.0 Added the Pluggable Media Type field in the E-Series TeraScale output. Use the show interfaces command for details on a specific interface. Use the show interfaces linecard command for details on all interfaces on the designated line card. NOTE: In the CLI output, the power value is rounded to a 3-digit value. For receive/transmit power that is less than 0.000, an snmp query returns the corresponding dbm value even though the CLI displays as 0.000.
PAGE 736
Line Description LineSpeed Displays the interface’s line speed, duplex mode, and Slave. ARP type:... Displays the ARP type and the ARP timeout value for the interface. Last clearing... Displays the time when the show interfaces counters where cleared. Queuing strategy... States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out.
PAGE 737
Line Description – collisions = number of packet collisions – wred=count both packets discarded in the MAC and in the hardware-based queues Rate information... Estimate of the input and output traffic rate over a designated interval (30 to 299 seconds). Traffic rate is displayed in bits, packets per second, and percent of line rate. Time since... Elapsed time since the last interface status change (hh:mm:ss format).
PAGE 738
address, a message displays. If auto-configuration is enabled, all IPv6 addresses on that management interface are auto-configured. The first IPv6 address that is configured on the management interface will be the primary address. If deleted, it must be re-added; the secondary address is not promoted.
PAGE 739
byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 740
Virtual-IP IPv6 address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:06:14 Queueing strategy: fifo Input 791 packets, 62913 bytes, 775 multicast Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 21 packets, 3300 bytes, 20 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:06:03 Related Commands show interfaces configured – displays any interface with a non-defa
PAGE 741
Command History Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Changed the organization of the display output.
PAGE 742
LineSpeed 10000 Mbit Flowcontrol rx on tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 01:47:42 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte p
PAGE 743
linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the Z9500 ports on a line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display the current summary of dampening data, including the number of interfaces configured and the number of interfaces suppressed, if any. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display detailed interface dampening data. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 744
Reuse threshold Suppression threshold Max suppression time Time since last suppressed Time remaining to change state to up Related Commands : : : : : 200 250 300 0 0 dampening — configures dampening on an interface. show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces configured — displays any interface with a non-default configuration. show interfaces phy Display auto-negotiation and link partner information.
PAGE 745
Mode Control Indicates if auto negotiation is enabled. If so, indicates the selected speed and duplex. Mode Status Displays auto negotiation fault information. When the interface completes auto negotiation successfully, the autoNegComplete field and the linkstatus field read “True.” AutoNegotiatio n Advertise Displays the control words the local interface advertises during negotiation. Duplex is either half or full. Asym- and Sym Pause is the types of flow control the local interface supports.
PAGE 746
• • 100MB 10MB Example Dell#show int tengigabitethernet 1/0 phy Mode Control: SpeedSelection: 10b AutoNeg: ON Loopback: False PowerDown: False Isolate: False DuplexMode: Full Mode Status: AutoNegComplete: False RemoteFault: False LinkStatus: False JabberDetect: False AutoNegotation Advertise: 100MegFullDplx: True 100MegHalfDplx: True 10MegFullDplx: False 10MegHalfDplx: True Asym Pause: False Sym Pause: False AutoNegotiation Remote Partner's Ability: 100MegFullDplx: False 100MegHalfDplx: False 10MegFullDp
PAGE 747
• linecard slotnumber For a Port-Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then the slot/port information. The range is from 0 to 128. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword linecard then the slot number. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 748
Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Related Commands 2/68 2/72 2/76 2/80 2/84 2/88 2/92 2/96 2/100 2/104 2/108 2/112 2/116 2/120 2/124 2/128 2/132 2/136 2/140 2/144 2/148 2/152 2/156 2/160 2/164 2/168 2/172 2/176 2/180 2/184 2/188 Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
PAGE 749
linecard slot-id Command Modes Command History • • Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the Z9500 ports on a line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 750
U 1 Name: Port-channel 23 802.1QTagged: False Vlan membership: Q Vlans U 1 Dell# show interfaces switchport tengigabitethernet 2 Codes: U x G i untagged, V Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Trunk Internal untagged, I - Internal tagged, v - VLT - VLT tagged Name: TenGigabitEthernet 2/0 802.1QTagged: False Vlan membership: Q Vlans U 1 Name: TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 802.
PAGE 751
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Interfaces Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.
PAGE 752
Line Description Voltage Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Bias Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. TX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. RX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
PAGE 753
Interfaces Line Description Tx Power Present Tx power of the SFP. If this crosses Tx power alarm/ warning thresholds, the Tx power high alarm/warning flag is set to true. If it falls below the low alarm/warning thresholds, the Tx power low alarm/ warning flag is set to true. Rx Power Present receiving (Rx) power of the SFP. This value is either average Rx power or OMA. This depends on the Rx Power measurement type displayed above.
PAGE 754
Example Line Description Tx Power Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Rx Power Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above. Temperature High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Temperature value displayed above. Voltage High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Voltage value displayed above.
PAGE 755
SFP 0 Vendor SN= P5N1ACE SFP 0 Datecode SFP 0 CheckCodeExt = 040528 = 0x5b SFP 1 Diagnostic Information =================================== SFP 1 Rx Power measurement type = Average =================================== SFP 1 Temp High Alarm threshold = 95.000C SFP 1 Voltage High Alarm threshold = 3.900V SFP 1 Bias High Alarm threshold = 17.000mA SFP 1 TX Power High Alarm threshold = 0.631mW SFP 1 RX Power High Alarm threshold = 1.259mW SFP 1 Temp Low Alarm threshold = -25.
PAGE 756
show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show inventory — displays the switch type, components (including media), Dell Networking OS version including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols. show range Display all interfaces configured using the interface range command. Z9500 Syntax show range Command Modes INTERFACE RANGE (config-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 757
show running-config ecmp-group Display interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution using the ecmp-group monitoring enable command. The ECMP group could have a LAG or a list of 10G/40 interfaces (not just LAG link-bundles). Z9500 Syntax show running-config ecmp-group Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 758
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The shutdown command marks a physical interface as unavailable for traffic. To discover if an interface is disabled, use the show ip interface brief command. Disabled interfaces are listed as down.
PAGE 759
Defaults auto Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810 8.1.1.
PAGE 760
tengigabit Enter the keyword tengigabit if the backup port is a 10G port. fortyGigE Enter the keyword fortyGigE if the backup port is a 40G port. port-channel Enter the keywords port-channel if the backup port is a static or dynamic port channel. slot/port Specify the line card and port number of the backup port. Defaults Disabled (The interface is in Layer 3 mode.) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 761
Redundant Links” section in the “Layer 2” chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Related Commands interface port-channel — creates a port channel interface. show interfaces switchport — displays information about switchport interfaces. Egress Interface Selection (EIS) Commands The following commands are Egress Interface Selection (EIS) commands. application Configure the management egress interface selection.
PAGE 762
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. clear management application pkt-cntr Clear management application packet counters for all management application types.
PAGE 763
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. management egress-interface-selection To make configured application traffic egress through the management port instead of the front-end (FE) port, enable and configure a management egress interface. Z9500 Syntax management egress-interface-selection To disable and remove management egress interface selection (EIS) configurations, use the no management egress-interface-selection command.
PAGE 764
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Dell#show ip management-eis-route Destination Gateway ----------------10.11.0.0/16 ManagementEthernet 0/0 172.16.1.0/24 10.11.192.4 State ----Connected Active Route Source -----------Connected Static show management application pkt-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have taken the management route.
PAGE 765
show management application pkt-fallback-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure. Z9500 Syntax show management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 766
NOTE: The implementation of LAG or Port Channel requires that you configure a LAG on both switches manually. For information about the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for dynamic LAGs, refer to the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) chapter. For more information about configuring and using Port Channels, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. channel-member Add an interface to the Port Channel, while in INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL mode.
PAGE 767
Usage Information Use the interface port-channel command to access this command. You cannot add an interface to a Port Channel if the interface contains an IP address in its configuration. Only the shutdown, description, mtu, and ip mtu commands can be configured on an interface if it is added to a Port Channel. The mtu and ip mtu commands are only available when the chassis is in Jumbo mode.
PAGE 768
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 769
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Port Channel interfaces are logical interfaces and can be either in Layer 2 mode (by using the switchport command) or Layer 3 mode (by configuring an IP address). You can add a Port Channel in Layer 2 mode to a VLAN.
PAGE 770
minimum-links Configure the minimum number of links in a LAG (Port Channel) that must be in “oper up” status for the LAG to be also in “oper up” status. Z9500 Syntax Parameters minimum-links number number Enter the number of links in a LAG that must be in “oper up” status. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 771
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 772
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-po-1)#show config ! interface Port-channel 1 no ip address shutdown Dell(conf-if-po-1)# show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups.
PAGE 773
Usage Information Interfaces Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Modified to display the LAG failover group status. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show interfaces port-channel command shown in the following example. Field Description Port-Channel 1... Displays the LAG’s status. In the Example, the status of the LAG’s LAG fate-sharing group (“Failover-group”) is listed. Hardware is...
PAGE 774
Example Field Description Output 0... Displays the type and number of packets sent out the interface. This information is displayed over three lines. Rate information... Displays the traffic rate information into and out of the interface. Traffic rate is displayed in bits and packets per second. Time since... Displays the time since the last change in the configuration of this interface.
PAGE 775
Field Description • Example up — if the port channel is enabled (no shutdown) Uptime Displays the age of the port channel in hours:minutes:seconds. Ports Lists the interfaces assigned to this port channel. (untitled) Displays the status of the physical interfaces (up or down). • In Layer 2 port channels, an * (asterisk) indicates which interface is the primary port of the port channel. The primary port sends out interface PDU. • In Layer 3 port channels, the primary port is not indicated.
PAGE 776
source-ip address Enter the keywords source-ip then the IP source address in IP address format. destination-ip address Enter the keywords destination-ip then the IP destination address in IP address format. source-port number Enter the keywords source-port then the source port number. The range is from 1 to 65536. The default is None. destinationport number Enter the keywords destination-port then the destination port number. The range is from 1 to 65536. The default is None.
PAGE 777
• In the event of fragmented packets, the egress port of the subsequent fragments. NOTE: In the show port channel flow command output, the egress port for an unknown unicast, multicast, or broadcast traffic is not displayed.
PAGE 778
• A line-card NPU supports 12 front-end I/O ports and 12 backplane HiGig ports. The 12 backplane links are members of a single HiGig port channel that connects the line-card NPU to each SFM NPU. Two HiGig links in the port channel are used to connect to each SFM NPU. clear hardware hg-stats Clear traffic statistics from a HiGig port in a HiGig link bundle/port channel on a line-card or switch fabric module (SFM) NPU.
PAGE 779
0 packets, 0 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 8247266722598448750 collisions 7236269947061497449 wredDrops Rate info (interval 15 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 780
hg-link-bundle-monitor rate-interval Specify the interval (in seconds) for polling traffic distribution in the member links of a HiGig link bundle. Z9500 Syntax hg-link-bundle-monitor rate-interval seconds To restore the default value, use the no version of this command. Parameters Command Mode Command History seconds Polling interval in seconds. The valid values are from 10 to 299. CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.
PAGE 781
Usage Information The trigger-threshold of bandwidth usage, which determines when the calculation of link-bundle utilization is performed, is set at 60 percent of the link-bundle bandwidth. When the total traffic use (mean) is below the trigger-threshold percentage, unevenness in link-bundle traffic distribution is not reported. If traffic unevenness is detected in three consecutive measurements, an alarm is issued.
PAGE 782
byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 1566541600 packets, 125323328000 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 1566541600 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 1566541600 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions 0 wredDrops Rate info (interval 15 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.
PAGE 783
Rate info (interval 15 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, line-rate Output 37096.40 Mbits/sec, of line-rate Related Commands 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of 57963128 packets/sec, 94.88% clear hardware hg-stats — clears traffic statistics from internal ports in a HiGig link bundle. show hg-link-bundle-distribution Display the operational status and link utilization in a HiGig link bundle.
PAGE 784
Field Description npuUnit Network processing unit (NPU) ID number of a HiGig link bundle/portchannel. hg-port-channel Port-channel number of a HiGig link bundle. Utilization (In Percent) Percentage of total bandwidth usage by the traffic transmitted on the HiGig link bundle. Alarm State Indicates whether an alarm has been generated if uneven traffic distribution occurs in a HiGig link bundle. Possible values are Active and Inactive.
PAGE 785
Command History Version Description 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 platform. UDP Broadcast The user datagram protocol (UDP) broadcast feature is a software-based method to forward low throughput (not to exceed 200 pps) IP/UDP broadcast traffic arriving on a physical or VLAN interface. Important Points to Remember • Routing information protocol (RIP) is not supported with the UDP Broadcast feature.
PAGE 786
Example Dell#debug ip udp-helper UDP helper debugging is on 01:20:22: Pkt rcvd on Te 1/0 with IP DA (0xffffffff) will be sent on Te 1/1 Gi 1/2 Vlan 3 01:44:54: Pkt rcvd on Te 2/0 is handed over for DHCP processing. Related Commands ip udp-helper udp-port — enables the UDP broadcast feature on an interface. show ip udp-helper — displays the configured UDP helper(s) on all interfaces.
PAGE 787
Usage Information If you configure the ip helper-address command and ip udp-helper udpport command, the behavior is that the UDP broadcast traffic with port numbers 67/68 is unicast relayed to the DHCP server per the ip helper-address configuration. This occurs regardless if the ip udp-helper udp-port command contains port numbers 67/68 or not.
PAGE 788
Te 1/0 Te 1/1 Related Commands 656, 658 All debug ip udp-helper — enables debug and displays the debug information on a console. ip udp-helper udp-port — enables the UDP broadcast feature on an interface either for all UDP ports or a specified list of UDP ports.
PAGE 789
Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) 19 Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: • Authentication Headers (AH) — Connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
PAGE 790
To delete a transform set, use the no crypto ipsec transform-set name {ah-authentication {md5|sha1|null} | esp-authentication {md5| sha1|null} | esp-encryption {3des|cbc|des|null}} command. Parameters name Enter the name for the transform set. ahauthentication Enter the keywords ah-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic.
PAGE 791
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. • Both sides of the link must specify the same transform set. • You can create up to 64 transform sets. Dell(conf)#int ten 0/4 Dell(conf-if-te-0/4)#ipv6 address 200:1::/64 eui64 Dell(conf)#int ten 0/6 Dell(conf-if-te-0/6)#ipv6 address 801:10::/64 eui64 crypto ipsec policy Create a crypto policy used by ipsec.
PAGE 792
Example Dell(conf)#crypto ipsec policy West 10 ipsec-manual Dell(conf-crypto-policy)# management crypto-policy Apply the crypto policy to management traffic. Z9500 Syntax management crypto-policy name To remove the management traffic crypto policy, use the no management crypto-policy name command. Parameters name Enter the name for the crypto policy.. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 793
Parameters seq-num Enter the match command sequence number. sourceipaddress | ipv6 address Enter the keyword source then the IPv4 or IPv6 address for the source. mask Enter the mask prefix length in /nn format. source-port number Enter the source port number. destinationport number Enter the destination port number. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIG-CRYPTO-POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 794
session-key Specify the session keys used in the crypto policy entry. Z9500 Syntax session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah spi hex-key-string | esp spi encrypt hex-key-string auth hex-key-string To delete the session key information from the crypto policy, use the no session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah | esp} command. Parameters name Enter the name for the transform set. inbound Specify the inbound session key for IPSec. outbound Specify the outbound session key for IPSec.
PAGE 795
show crypto ipsec transform-set Display the transform set configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show crypto ipsec transform-set name name Enter the name of the transform set. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 796
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 797
Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : a::2 : /128 : 21 : : Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : : : : 3 tcp IPv6 a::1 /128 21 a::2 /128 0 Dell# transform-set Specify the transform set the crypto policy uses.
PAGE 798
20 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the switch. arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). Z9500 Syntax arp ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. mac-address Enter a MAC address in nnnn.nnnn.nnnn format.
PAGE 799
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.0) when creating a static ARP.
PAGE 800
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information This timer is an exponential backoff timer. Over the specified period, the time between ARP requests increases. This behavior reduces the potential for the system to slow down while waiting for a multitude of ARP responses. Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP.
PAGE 801
arp retries Set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. Z9500 Syntax arp retries number Parameters number Enter the number of retries. The range is from 5 to 20. The default is 5. Defaults 5 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 802
Defaults 240 minutes (4 hours) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 803
• For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ip ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip then the IP address of the ARP entry you wish to clear. no-refresh (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords no-refresh to delete the ARP entry from CAM. Or use this option with interface or ip ip-address to specify which dynamic ARP entries you want to delete. NOTE: Transit traffic may not be forwarded during the period when deleted ARP entries are resolved again and re-installed in CAM.
PAGE 804
clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear host name name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 805
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information To clear Layer 3 CAM inconsistencies, use this command.
PAGE 806
Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip route — assigns an IP route to the switch. show ip route — views the routing table. show ip route summary — views a summary of the routing table. clear ip traffic Clear IP traffic statistics on Z9500 CPUs.
PAGE 807
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip traffic — displays IP traffic statistics. clear tcp statistics Clear TCP counters. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear tcp statistics [all | cp | rp] all Enter the keyword all to clear TCP statistics maintained on all switch processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the cp to clear TCP statistics only from the Control Processor. rp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp1 to clear TCP statistics only from the Route Processor.
PAGE 808
debug arp View information on ARP transactions. Z9500 Syntax debug arp [interface] [count value] To stop debugging ARP transactions, use the no debug arp command. Parameters interface count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0.
PAGE 809
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option. debug ip dhcp Enable debug information for dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) relay transactions and display the information on the console. Z9500 Syntax debug ip dhcp To disable debug, use the no debug ip dhcp command.
PAGE 810
00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, teaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:26 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 5, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, teaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:26 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:40 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.
PAGE 811
count value • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keywords tunnel then a number. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 812
Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option. debug ip packet View a log of IP packets sent and received. Z9500 Syntax debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] command.
PAGE 813
Usage Information Example IPv4 Routing Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Added the access-group option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 814
IP: s=10.1.2.206 (Ma 0/0), d=10.1.2.62, len 40, rcvd TCP src=0, dst=0, seq=0, ack=0, win=0 IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.206 (Ma 0/0), len 226, sending TCP src=23, dst=40869, seq=2112994896, ack=606901739, win=8192 ACK PUSH IP: s=10.1.2.216 (Ma 0/0), d=10.1.2.255, len 78, rcvd UDP src=0, dst=0 IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.3 (Ma 0/0), len 1500, sending fragment IP Fragment, Ident = 4741, fragment offset = 0 ICMP type=0, code=0 IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.
PAGE 815
turned off Dell# ip address Assign a primary and secondary IP address to the interface. Z9500 Syntax ip address {ip-address mask [secondary] | dhcp} To delete an IP address from an interface, use the no ip address [ipaddress] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in slash prefix format (for example, /24). secondary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword secondary to designate the IP address as the secondary address.
PAGE 816
Usage Information You must be in INTERFACE mode before you add an IP address to an interface. Assign an IP address to an interface prior to entering ROUTER OSPF mode. ip directed-broadcast Enables the interface to receive directed broadcast packets. Z9500 Syntax ip directed-broadcast To disable the interface from receiving directed broadcast packets, use the no ip directed-broadcast command.
PAGE 817
Parameters name Enter a domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 818
ip domain-lookup To address resolution (that is, DNS), enable dynamic host-name. Z9500 Syntax ip domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 819
ip domain-name Configure one domain name for the switch. Z9500 Syntax ip domain-name name To remove the domain name, use the no ip domain-name command. Parameters name Enter one domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 820
ip helper-address Specify the address of a DHCP server so that DHCP broadcast messages can be forwarded when the DHCP server is not on the same subnet as the client. Z9500 Syntax ip helper-address ip-address To remove a DHCP server address, use the no ip helper-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 821
The server replies with source port=67, destination port=67 and the system forwards to the client with source port=67, destination port=68. ip helper-address hop-count disable Disable the hop-count increment for the DHCP relay agent. Z9500 Syntax ip helper-address hop-count disable To re-enable the hop-count increment, use the no ip helper-address hopcount disable command. Defaults Enabled; the hops field in the DHCP message header is incremented by default.
PAGE 822
show running-config — displays the current configuration and changes from the default values. ip host Assign a name and IP address the host-to-IP address mapping table uses. Z9500 Syntax ip host name ip-address To remove an IP host, use the no ip host name [ip-address] command. Parameters name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address. ip address Enter an IP address, in dotted decimal format, to be mapped to the name. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 823
ip max-frag-count Set the maximum number of fragments allowed in one packet for packet re-assembly. Z9500 Syntax ip max-frag-count count To place no limit on the number of fragments allowed, use the no ip max-fragcount command. Parameters count Enter a number for the number of fragments allowed for reassembly. The range is from 2 to 256. Defaults No limit is set on number of fragments allowed. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 824
ip mtu Set the IP MTU (frame size) of the packet the RPM transmits for the line card interface. If the packet must be fragmented, the system sets the size of the fragmented packets to the size specified in this command. Z9500 Syntax ip mtu value To return to the default IP MTU value, use the no ip mtu command. Parameters value Enter the maximum MTU size if the IP packet is fragmented. The range is from 576 to 9234. The default is 1500 bytes.
PAGE 825
VLANs: • All members of a VLAN must have same IP MTU value. • Members can have different Link MTU values. Tagged members must have a link MTU 4 bytes higher than untagged members to account for the packet tag. • The VLAN link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the VLAN members. For example, the VLAN contains tagged members with Link MTU of 1522 and IP MTU of 1500 and untagged members with Link MTU of 1518 and IP MTU of 1500.
PAGE 826
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 827
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip interface — displays the interface routing status and configuration. ip route Assign a static route to the switch.
PAGE 828
permanent (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permanent to specify that the route must not be removed even if the interface assigned to that route goes down. The route must be currently active to be installed in the routing table. If you disable the interface, the route is removed from the routing table. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number to assign to the route. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. bfd Enter the keyword bfd to use bidirectional forwarding detection.
PAGE 829
Related Commands • When recursive resolution is “broken,” the system withdraws the route. • When recursive resolution is satisfied, the system re-installs the route. show ip route — views the switch routing table. show ipv6 route — displays the IPv6 routes. ip source-route Enable the system to forward IP packets with source route information in the header. Z9500 Syntax ip source-route To drop packets with source route information, use the no ip route-source command. Defaults Enabled.
PAGE 830
ip unreachables Enable the generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. Z9500 Syntax ip unreachables To disable the generation of ICMP messages, use the no ip unreachables command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 831
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. Route prefixes stored in the L3 host table are managed using ECMP next-hop forwarding. A warning message is displayed after you enter the command stating that this setting takes effect for existing routes only when IPv4 route prefixes are cleared from the LPM routing table (RTM).
PAGE 832
mac {dest-mac | source-destmac | sourcemac} tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute MAC traffic based on the following criteria: • dest-mac — Uses the destination MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. • source-dest-mac — Uses the destination and source MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash.
PAGE 833
Usage Information Related Commands By default, the system distributes incoming traffic based on a hash algorithm using the following criteria: • IP source address • IP destination address • TCP/UDP source port • TCP/UDP destination port hash-algorithm ecmp — changes the hash algorithm across an ECMP. load-balance hg Choose the traffic flow parameters the hash calculation uses while distributing the traffic across internal higig links.
PAGE 834
• mac [sourcemac | sourceport-id | sourcemodule-id | dest-mac | dest-port-id | dest-moduleid | vlan | ethertype | source-destmac ] tunnel [ipv4over-ipv4 | ipv4-over-greipv4 | mac-inmac]} L4-dest-port — Use IPv4 L4-dest-port field in hash calculation. To use MAC key fields in hash computation, enter the keyword mac then one of the parameters: • source-mac — Use source-mac field in hash calculation. • source-port-id — Use src-port-id field in hash calculation.
PAGE 835
management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. Z9500 Syntax management route {{ip-address mask | {ipv6-address prefixlength}} {forwarding-router-address | managementethernet} To remove a static route, use the no management route{{ip-address mask | {ipv6-address prefix-length}}{forwarding-router-address | managementethernet} command.
PAGE 836
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When a static route (or a protocol route) overlaps with Management static route, the static route (or a protocol route) is preferred over the Management Static route. Also, Management static routes and the Management Connected prefix are not reflected in the hardware routing tables. Separate routing tables are maintained for IPv4 and IPv6 management routes. This command manages both tables.
PAGE 837
linecard slot-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface port-type slot/port parameters to display the ARP entries learned on a Z9500 port. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. ip ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip with an IP address in the dotted decimal format to display the ARP entries learned with this IP address. Enter the optional IP address mask in the slash prefix format (/ x).
PAGE 838
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Use the show arp command to display the ARP entries learned on the Control Processor and Route Processor. The following example shows two VLANs that are associated with a private VLAN (PVLAN) (refer to Private VLAN (PVLAN)). The following describes the show arp command shown in the following example. Example Row Heading Description Protocol Displays the protocol type. Address Displays the IP address of the ARP entry.
PAGE 839
Internet 10.16.127.53 1 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 CP Internet 10.16.134.254 20 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 CP Internet 133.33.33.4 1 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 CP Usage Information Ma 0/0 Ma 0/0 Ma 0/0 The following describes the show arp summary command shown in the following example. Row Heading Description Total Entries Lists the total number of ARP entries in the ARP table. Static Entries Lists the total number of configured or static ARP entries. Dynamic Entries Lists the total number of learned or dynamic ARP entries.
PAGE 840
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. arp retries — sets the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. show hosts View the host table and DNS configuration. Z9500 Syntax show hosts Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 841
Field Description Name/address lookup... States if DNS is enabled on the system. • If DNS is enabled, the Name/Address lookup is domain service. • If DNS is not enabled, the Name/Address lookup is static mapping Name servers are... Lists the name servers, if configured. Host Displays the host name assigned to the IP address.
PAGE 842
show ip cam linecard View CAM entries for a port pipe on a line card. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip cam linecard slot-id port-set pipe-number [ip-address mask [longer-prefix] | ecmp-group [details | member-info] | summary] slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. pipe-number Enter the number of a line card’s port-pipe. The range is from 0 to 3.
PAGE 843
Usage Information The following describes the show ip cam command shown in the following example. Field Description Index Displays the CAM index number of the entry. Destination Displays the destination route of the index. EC Displays the number of equal cost multipaths (ECMP) available for the default route for non-Jumbo line cards. For Jumbo line cards, displays 0,1 when ECMP is more than eight. CG Displays 0.
PAGE 844
Example (Summary) Field Description Prefix Length Displays the prefix-length or mask for the IP address configured on the linecard 0 port pipe 0. Current Use Displays the number of routes currently configured for the corresponding prefix or mask on the linecard 0 port pipe 0. Initial Size Displays the CAM size allocated for the corresponding mask. The system adjusts the CAM size if the number of routes for the mask exceeds the initial allocation.
PAGE 845
show ip fib linecard View all forwarding information base (FIB) entries. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip fib linecard slot-id [ip-address/prefix-list | summary] slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the network destination to view only information on that destination. Enter the IP address is dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Enter the mask in slash prefix format (/X).
PAGE 846
Example Field Description Gateway Displays either the word “direct” and an interface for a directly connected route or the remote IP address used to forward the traffic. First-Hop Displays the first hop IP address. Mac-Addr Displays the MAC address. Port Displays the egress-port information. VId Displays the VLAN ID. If no VLAN is assigned, zero (0) is listed. Index Displays the internal interface number. EC Displays the number of ECMP paths.
PAGE 847
Parameters interface interface Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. source-ip address Enter the keywords source-ip then the IP source address in IP address format.
PAGE 848
Port-channel and Equal Cost Multi Paths. Use this command for routed packed only. For switched packets, use the show port-channel-flow command. The show ip flow command does not compute the egress port information when load-balance mac hashing is also configured due to insufficient information (the egress MAC is not available). S-Series produces the following error message: %Error: Unable to read IP route table. Example Dell#show ip flow interface Te 1/8 189.1.1.1 63.0.0.
PAGE 849
linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the Z9500 ports on a line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a brief summary of the interfaces and whether an IP address is assigned. configured (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword configured to display the physical interfaces with non-default configurations only. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 850
Example Lines Description Proxy ARP... States whether proxy ARP is enabled on the interface. Split horizon... States whether split horizon for RIP is enabled on the interface. Poison Reverse... States whether poison for RIP is enabled on the interface. ICMP redirects... States if ICMP redirects are sent. ICMP unreachables... States if ICMP unreachable messages are sent.
PAGE 851
TenGigabitEthernet 0/2 unassigned administratively down down TenGigabitEthernet 0/3 unassigned administratively down down fortyGigE 0/4 unassigned administratively down down fortyGigE 0/8 unassigned administratively down down --More-- NO Manual NO Manual NO Manual NO Manual Dell# show ip interface configured TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is not set IP MTU is 1500 bytes Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled Proxy ARP is enabled Split Horizon is enabled Po
PAGE 852
TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 unassigned up up TenGigabitEthernet 1/3 unassigned up up TenGigabitEthernet 1/4 unassigned up up TenGigabitEthernet 1/5 10.10.10.1 up up TenGigabitEthernet 1/6 unassigned administratively down down YES Manual YES Manual YES Manual YES Manual NO Manual show ip management-route View the IP addresses assigned to the Management interface.
PAGE 853
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip management-route Destination ----------10.1.2.0/24 172.16.1.0/24 Dell# Gateway ------ManagementEthernet 0/0 10.1.2.4 State ----Connected Active show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface.
PAGE 854
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell#show ipv6 management-route IPv6 Destination Gateway ---------------------2001:34::0/64 ManagementEthernet 0/0 2001:68::0/64 2001:34::16 Dell# State ----Connected Active show ip protocols View information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the switch. Z9500 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip protocols • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 855
Capable of ROUTE_REFRESH For Address Family IPv4 Unicast BGP table version is 0, main routing table version 0 Distance: external 20 internal 200 local 200 Neighbor(s): Address : 20.20.20.2 Filter-list in : foo Route-map in : foo Weight : 0 Address : 5::6 Weight : 0 Dell# show ip route View information, including how they were learned, about the IP routes on the switch.
PAGE 856
connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only the directly connected routes. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view both active and non-active routes. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view only routes the ip route command configures. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary. For more information, refer to the show ip route summary command. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 857
Field Example Description • O = OSPF • IA = OSPF inter area • N1 = OSPF NSSA external type 1 • N2 = OSPF NSSA external type 2 • E1 = OSPF external type 1 • E2 = OSPF external type 2 • i = IS-IS • L1 = IS-IS level-1 • L2 = IS-IS level-2 • IA = IS-IS inter-area • * = candidate default • > = non-active route • + = summary routes Destination Identifies the route’s destination IP address Gateway Identifies whether the route is directly connected and on which interface the route is
PAGE 858
Total 3 active route(s) using 612 bytes Dell#show ip route static Destination Gateway ----------------*S 0.0.0.0/0 via 10.10.91.9, Te 1/2 Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ----------1/0 3d2h show ip route list Display IP routes in an IP prefix list. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip route list prefix-list prefix-list Enter the name of a configured prefix list. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 859
default, >- non-active route, + - summary route Gateway of last resort is not set R R R R C Related Commands Destination ----------2.1.0.0/24 2.1.1.0/24 2.1.2.0/24 2.1.3.0/24 2.1.4.0/24 Gateway ------via 2.1.4.1, Te via 2.1.4.1, Te via 2.1.4.1, Te via 2.1.4.1, Te Direct, Te 2/43 2/43 2/43 2/43 2/43 Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ----------120/2 3d0h 120/2 3d1h 120/1 3d0h 120/1 3d1h 0/0 3d1h ip prefix-list — enters CONFIGURATION-IP PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list.
PAGE 860
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip route summary shown in the following example. Column Heading Description Route Source Identifies how the route is configured in the system. Active Routes Identifies the best route if a route is learned from two protocol sources. Non-active Routes Identifies the back-up routes when a route is learned by two different protocols. If the best route or active route goes down, the non-active route becomes the best route.
PAGE 861
Default View IP traffic statistics from all processors. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information IPv4 Routing Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 862
Keyword Definition ...encapsulation failed Counts packets which could not be forwarded due to ARP resolution failure. The system sends an ARP request prior to forwarding an IP packet. If a reply is not received, the system repeats the request three times. These packets are counted in encapsulation failed. Rcvd: Total number of packets received from specified protocol. ...short packets The number of bytes in the packet are too small. ...bad length The length of the packet was not correct. ...
PAGE 863
quench 0 parameter, 0 timestamp, 0 info request, 0 other Sent: 0 redirects, 0 unreachable, 0 echo, 0 echo reply 0 mask requests, 0 mask replies, 0 quench, 0 timestamp 0 info reply, 0 time exceeded, 0 parameter problem UDP statistics: Rcvd: 0 total, 0 checksum errors, 0 no port 0 short packets, 0 bad length, 0 no port broadcasts, 0 socket full Sent: 0 total, 0 forwarded broadcasts TCP statistics: Rcvd: 23829 total, 0 checksum errors, 0 no port Sent: 16048 total ARP statistics: Rcvd: 156 requests, 11 replies
PAGE 864
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.4.1.0 Introduced The following describes the show tcp statistics cp command shown in the following example. Field Description Rcvd: Displays the number and types of TCP packets received by the switch. 0 checksum error...
PAGE 865
Example Field Description 25 control packets... Displays the number of control packets sent and the number retransmitted. 11603 data packets... Displays the number of data packets sent. 24 data packets retransmitted Displays the number of data packets resent. 355 ack.. Displays the number of acknowledgement packets sent and the number of packet delayed. 0 window probe... Displays the number of window probe and update packets sent. 7 Connections initiated...
PAGE 866
Related Commands 866 clear tcp statistics — clears TCP traffic statistics.
PAGE 867
IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) 21 IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, refer to the cam-acl command. • Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. • Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 868
l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 869
l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1- 4 ipv6acl 0-4 • L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 • L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 • IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 870
<0-4> Number of FP blocks for IPV6 (multiples of 2) Dell(conf)#cam-acl-egress l2acl 1 ipv4acl 1 ipv6acl 2 deny (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter that drops IPv6 packets that match the filter criteria.
PAGE 871
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 872
of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 873
deny icmp (for Extended IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to drop all or specific ICMP messages. NOTE: Only the options that have been newly introduced in Release 9.3(0.0) and Release 9.4(0.0) are described here. For a complete description on all of the keywords and variables that are available with this command, refer the topic of this command discussed earlier in this guide.
PAGE 874
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 875
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 876
deny udp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 877
expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
PAGE 878
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent.
PAGE 879
permit (for IPv6 ACLs) To configure a filter that matches the filter criteria, select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP.
PAGE 880
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
PAGE 881
in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 882
permit tcp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to pass TCP packets that match the filter criteria. Syntax permit tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} [operator port [port]] {destination address | any | host ipv6address} [bit] [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 883
new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
PAGE 884
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 885
seq (for IPv6 ACLs) Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit the filter in an IPv6 access list while creating the filter. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ip | tcp | udp} {source address mask | any | host ipv6address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command.
PAGE 886
ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces. You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction.
PAGE 887
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series TeraScale. This command applies to both IPv4 and IPv6 CAM Profiles, but is best used when verifying QoS optimization for IPv6 ACLs. QoS Optimization for IPv6 ACLs does not impact the CAM usage for applying a policy on a single (or the first of several) interfaces. It is most useful when a policy is applied across multiple interfaces; it can reduce the impact to CAM usage across subsequent interfaces.
PAGE 888
Dell#test cam-usage service-policy input LauraMapTest linecard 2 port-set 1 Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition|Available CAM|Estimated CAM per Port|Status ---------------------------------------------------------------2| 1| IPv4Flow| 232| 0| Allowed 2| 1| IPv6Flow| 0| 0| Allowed 888 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs)
PAGE 889
22 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Enable LPM CAM partitioning to support the storage of extended IPv6 (/65 to /128) route prefixes in LPM partition 1.
PAGE 890
To disable LPM CAM partitioning and return the number of the IPv6 /65-/128 route prefixes stored in Partition 1 to 0, enter the no cam-ipv6 extended-prefix command. clear ipv6 fib Clear (refresh) all forwarding information base (FIB) entries on a Z9500 line card. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 fib linecard slot-id linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of a Z9500 line card. Valid slot IDs are from 0 to 2. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 891
Parameters * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 892
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. ipv6 address Configure an IPv6 address to an interface. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} To remove the IPv6 address, use the no ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format.
PAGE 893
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. • If two addresses are configured, delete an existing address before configuring a new address. • If the last manually-configured global IPv6 address is removed using the “no” form of the command, the link-local IPv6 address is removed automatically. • IPv6 addresses on a single management interface cannot be members of the same subnet.
PAGE 894
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced. Usage Information This command allows you to create an EUI64 address based on the specified prefix and MAC address only.
PAGE 895
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 flowlabel-zero Configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 flowlabel-zero To disable the 0 from being set in the field and allow the rotocol operations to fill the field, use the no ipv6 flowlabel-zero command.
PAGE 896
ipv6 host Assign a name and IPv6 address the host-to-IPv6 address mapping table uses. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 host name ipv6-address To remove an IP host, use the no ipv6 host name {ipv6–address}. Parameters name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) to be mapped to the name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 897
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the name server to be used. Note: The :: notation specifics successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. ipv6-address2... ipv6-address6 (OPTIONAL) Enter up to five more IPv6 addresses, in the x:x:x:x::x format, of name servers to be used. Separate the IPv6 addresses with a space. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 898
Default 3 attempts Command Modes INTERFACE (management interface only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 899
Command Modes INTERFACE CONFIG Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Usage Information Use this command to add, edit, or delete an IPv6 RDNSS address and lifetime value. You can configure up to four IPv6 RDNSS addresses.
PAGE 900
maximum value means that the preferred lifetime does not expire for the valid-life time parameter. preferredlifetime | infinite Enter the amount of time that the prefix is preferred, or enter infinite for an unlimited amount of time. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 604800. The maximum value means that the preferred lifetime and does not expire. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 901
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. interface interface hardware_addr ess Enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 902
Use the ipv6 neighbor command to manually configure the IPv6 address of a neighbor to be discovered by the switch. ipv6 route Establish a static IPv6 route. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 route ipv6-address prefix-length {ipv6-address | interface | interface ipv6-address} [distance] [tag value] [permanent] To remove the IPv6 route, use the no ipv6 route ipv6-address prefixlength {ipv6-address | interface | interface ipv6-address} [distance] [tag value] [permanent] command.
PAGE 903
ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the forwarding router IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. distance (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the metric distance assigned to the route. The range is from 1 to 255. tag value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a tag value number. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.
PAGE 904
Example Dell(conf)#ipv6 route 44::0 /64 33::1 ? <1-255> Distance metric for this route permanent Permanent route tag Set tag for this route Dell(conf)#ipv6 route 55::0 /64 ? X:X:X:X::X Forwarding router's address fortyGigE FortyGigabit Ethernet interface loopback Loopback interface null Null interface port-channel Port channel interface tenGigabitethernet TenGigabit Ethernet interface vlan VLAN interface Dell(conf)#ipv6 route 55::0 /64 tengigabitethernet 2/0 66::1 ? <1-255> Distance metric for this route p
PAGE 905
Warning: Command will take effect for existing routes only when IPv6 route prefixes are cleared from RTM Dell(conf)# ipv6 unicast-routing Enable IPv6 Unicast routing. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 unicast-routing To disable unicast routing, use the no ipv6 unicast-routing command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 906
• connected routes and resolved neighbors remain in the CAM and new IPv6 neighbors are still discoverable • additional protocol adjacencies (OSPFv3 and BGP4) are brought down and no new adjacencies are formed • the IPv6 address family configuration (under router bgp) is deleted • IPv6 Multicast traffic continues to flow unhindered show cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Display the currently configured and next-boot settings for extended IPv6 prefixes (/65 to /128) in LPM CAM.
PAGE 907
show ipv6 cam linecard Displays the IPv6 CAM entries for the specified line card and port pipe. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 cam linecard slot-id port-set {0-3} [summary | ipv6– address] line card slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. port-set Enter the keyword port—set followed by the port-pipe number. The range of Z9500 port-pipe numbers is: 0 to 2 on line card 0; 0 to 3 on line cards 1 and 2.
PAGE 908
Usage Information Example NOTE: If a route has a mask greater than 64, no output is displayed but an equivalent /64 entry is listed in the show ipv6 cam linecard {0–2} port-set {0-3} output. Similarly, if there is more than one ECMP object with a destination route that has a mask greater than 64, if the first 64 bits in the destination routes of the ECMP objects are the same, only one route is installed in CAM even though multiple ECMP path entries exist.
PAGE 909
Number of CAM entries used by NBR entries = 0 Number of CAM entries used by Prefix entries = 1 Section Current Use Initial Size -------------------------------------128 0 147519 127 0 63 126 0 63 125 0 63 124 0 63 123 0 63 122 0 63 121 0 63 120 0 63 119 0 63 118 0 63 117 0 63 116 0 63 115 0 63 --More-- show ipv6 control-plane icmp Displays the status of the icmp control-plane setting for the error eate limit setting.
PAGE 910
show ipv6 fib linecard View all FIB entries. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 fib linecard slot-id [summary | ipv6-address] linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a summary of entries in IPv6 cam. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x/n format to display networks that have more specific prefixes. The range is from /0 to /128.
PAGE 911
-----------------------128 0 127 0 126 0 125 0 124 0 123 0 122 0 121 0 120 0 119 0 118 0 117 0 116 0 --More-- show ipv6 flowlabel-zero Display the flow label zero setting. Z9500 Syntax show ipv6 flowlabel-zero Default Disabled Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 912
show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
PAGE 913
vlan Defaults Command Modes Command History (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 VLANs. none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for IPv6 recursive DNS addresses. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.
PAGE 914
ND router advertisements are sent every 200 to 600 seconds ND router advertisements live for 1800 seconds ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 hop limit for originated packets is 64 Dell# show ipv6 interface linecard 0 configured TenGigabitEthernet 0/2 is down, line protocol is down IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::7686:7aff:feff:6f08 Global Unicast address(es): 10:10:10:1::8, subnet is 10:10:10::/48 (MANUAL) Remaining lifetime: infinite Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 f
PAGE 915
ff02::1:ff00:4 ff02::1:ffff:6f08 show ipv6 mld_host Display the IPv6 MLD host counters. Z9500 Syntax show ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Neworking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example IPv6 Basics Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 916
Leaves MLDv2 Queries MLDv1 Queries Errors: Malformed Packets: ---18000 0 0 ------- 4510 show ipv6 neighbors Display information about the IPv6 neighbors learned on Z9500 CPUs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults show ipv6 neighbors [cpu rp] [ipv6–address] {ipv6–address}] [interface interface] cpu rp Enter the keywords cpu rp to display information about IPv6 neighbors learned only on the Route Processor.
PAGE 917
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Added support for BFD for BGP on the S4810. 8.4.1.3 Added support for BFD for BGP on the E-Series ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for BFD for VLAN and port-channel interfaces on the E-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced BFD on physical ports on the E-Series.
PAGE 918
Number of messages communicated b/w Manager and Agent: 6 Dell# show ipv6 route Displays the IPv6 routes. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 route [ipv6-address prefix-length] [hostname] [all] [bgp as number] [connected] [isis tag] [list prefix-list name] [ospf process-id] [rip] [static] [summary] ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128.
PAGE 919
Usage Information IPv6 Basics Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The following describes the show ipv6 route command shown in the following examples.
PAGE 920
Example Field Description Last Change Identifies when the route was last changed or configured.
PAGE 921
Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) 23 The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
PAGE 922
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacency-check is enabled by default. advertise Leak routes between levels (distribute IP prefixes between Level 1 and Level 2 and vice versa).
PAGE 923
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced You cannot disable leaking from one level to another; however, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another using an IP Prefix list. If you do not configure the IP Prefix list, all routes are leaked.
PAGE 924
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. To prevent the link state database from receiving incorrect routing information from unauthorized routers, use the area-password command on routers within an area. The configured password injects into Level 1 LSPs, CSNPs, and PSNPs.
PAGE 925
Usage Information CAUTION: Use caution when you enter this command. Back up your configuration prior to using this command or your IS-IS configuration will be erased. clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear isis [tag] {* | database | traffic} tag (Optional) Enter an alphanumeric string to specify the IS-IS routing tag area. * Enter the keyword * to clear all IS-IS information and restart the IS-IS process.
PAGE 926
clns host Define a name-to-network service mapping point (NSAP) that you use with commands that require NSAPs and system IDs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clns host name nsap name Enter an alphanumeric string to identify the name-to-NSAP mapping. nsap Enter a specific NSAP address that is associated with the name parameter. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 927
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 928
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 929
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis snp-packets To debug IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) and partial sequence number PDU (PSNP) packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information.
PAGE 930
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis spf-triggers Enable debugging on the events that triggered IS-IS shortest path first (SPF) events for debugging purposes. Z9500 Syntax debug isis spf-triggers To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis spf-triggers command.
PAGE 931
debug isis update-packets Enable debugging on link state PDUs (LSPs) that a router detects. Z9500 Syntax debug isis update-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis update-packets [interface] command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 932
default-information originate Generates a default route into an IS-IS routing domain and controls the distribution of default information. Z9500 Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [routemap map-name] To disable the generation of a default route into the specified IS-IS routing domain, use the no default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to have the default route always advertised.
PAGE 933
How a metric value assigned to a default route advertises depends on the metricstyle command configuration. If the metric-style command is set for Narrow mode and the metric value in the default-information originate command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in the LSPs is 63. If the metric-style command is set for Wide mode, the metric value in the default-information originate command is advertised.
PAGE 934
distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes. Z9500 Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-list]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight command. Parameters weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source. The range is from 1 to 255. (A higher relative value indicates lower reliability. Routes with smaller values are given preference.) The default is 115.
PAGE 935
distribute-list in Filter network prefixes received in updates. Z9500 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-listname in [interface] command. Parameters prefix-listname Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates.
PAGE 936
Related Commands • distribute-list out — suppresses networks from being advertised in updates. • redistribute — redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. distribute-list out Suppress network prefixes from being advertised in outbound updates.
PAGE 937
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. You can assign a name to a routing process so a prefix list IS applied to only the routes derived from the specified routing process. • distribute-list in — filters the networks received in updates.
PAGE 938
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. When you execute this command, IS-IS does not download the route to the routing table if the same route was redistributed into IS-IS routing protocol on the same router. domain-password Set the authentication password for a routing domain. Z9500 Syntax domain-password [hmac-md5 | encryption-type] password To disable the password, use the no domain-password command.
PAGE 939
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The domain password is inserted in Level 2 link state PDUs (LSPs), complete sequence number PDUs (CSNPs), and partial sequence number PDUs (PSNPs). Related Commands • area-password — configures an IS-IS area authentication password. • isis priority — configures the authentication password for an interface. graceful-restart ietf Enable graceful restart on an IS-IS router.
PAGE 940
capability of the routers on the connected network. A flag in the Restart TLV contains restart request (RR), restart acknowledge (RA) and suppress adjacency advertisement (SA) bit flags. The ISIS graceful restart-enabled router can co-exist in mixed topologies where some routers are graceful restart-enabled and others are not. For neighbors that are not graceful restart-enabled, the restarting router brings up the adjacency per the usual methods.
PAGE 941
graceful-restart restart-wait Enable the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up. Z9500 Syntax NOTE: Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command. graceful-restart restart-wait seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. Parameters seconds Enter the graceful restart time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 300 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 942
graceful-restart t1 Set the graceful restart wait time before unacknowledged restart requests are generated. This wait time is the interval before the system sends a restart request (an IIH with RR bit set in Restart TLV) until the CSNP is received from the helping router. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart t1 {interval seconds | retry-times value} To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t1 command. Parameters interval Enter the keyword interval to set the wait time.
PAGE 943
graceful-restart t2 Configure the wait time for the graceful restart timer T2 that a restarting router uses as the wait time for each database to synchronize. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart t2 {level-1 | level-2} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t2 command. Parameters level-1, level-2 Enter the keywords level-1 or level-2 to identify the database instance type to which the wait interval applies. seconds Enter the gracefule-restart t2 time in seconds.
PAGE 944
Parameters adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the restarting router receives the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so if you have configured this option. manual Enter the keyword manual to specify a time value that the restarting router uses. The range is from 50 to 120 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults manual, 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 945
hello padding Use to turn ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs or to selectively turn padding ON or OFF for LAN or point-to-point hello PDUs. Z9500 Syntax hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point] To return to the default, use the no hello padding [multi-point | pointto-point] command. Parameters multi-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords multi-point to pad only LAN hello PDUs. point-to-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords point-to-point to pad only point-to-point PDUs.
PAGE 946
hostname dynamic Enables dynamic learning of hostnames from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the hostname in LSPs. Z9500 Syntax hostname dynamic To disable this command, use the no hostname dynamic command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 947
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 948
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. To assign a network entity title to enable IS-IS, use the net command. • net — configures an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process. • router isis — enables the IS-IS routing protocol.
PAGE 949
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. To establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing, enable routing on one or more interfaces. You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing.
PAGE 950
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 951
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 952
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 953
Defaults multiplier = 3; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.
PAGE 954
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Hello PDUs are “padded” only when both the global and interface padding options are ON. Turning either one OFF disables padding for the corresponding interface. Related Commands hello padding — turns ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs.
PAGE 955
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis metric Assign a metric to an interface.
PAGE 956
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis network point-to-point Enable the software to treat a broadcast interface as a point-to-point interface.
PAGE 957
isis password Configure an authentication password for an interface. Z9500 Syntax isis password [hmac-md5] password [level-1 | level-2] To delete a password, use the no isis password [password] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. password Assign the interface authentication password.
PAGE 958
The no form of this command disables the password for Level 1 or Level 2 routing, using the respective keywords level-1 or level-2. This password provides limited security as it is processed as plain text. isis priority Set the priority of the designated router you select. Z9500 Syntax isis priority value [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis priority [value] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters value This value sets the router priority.
PAGE 959
NOTE: Routers with a priority of 0 cannot be a designated router. Setting the priority to 0 lowers the chance of this system becoming the DIS, but does not prevent it. If all the routers have priority 0, one with highest MAC address becomes DIS even though its priority is 0. is-type Configure IS-IS operating level for a router. Z9500 Syntax is-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no is-type command.
PAGE 960
If you are configuring only one area in your network, you do not need to run both Level 1 and Level 2 routing algorithms. You can configure the IS type as Level 1. log-adjacency-changes Generate a log messages for adjacency state changes. Z9500 Syntax log-adjacency-changes To disable this function, use the no log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Adjacency changes are not logged. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 961
To restore default values, use the no lsp-gen-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] command. Parameters level-l (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-1 LSPs. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-2 LSPs. interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between LSP generations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds.
PAGE 962
wait time specified (interval seconds). After the network calms down and there are no triggers for two times the maximum interval, fast behavior is restored (the initial wait time). lsp-mtu Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of IS-IS link-state packets (LSPs). This command only limits the size of LSPs this router generates. Z9500 Syntax lsp-mtu size To return to the default values, use the no lsp-mtu command. Parameters size The maximum LSP size, in bytes.
PAGE 963
lsp-refresh-interval Set the link state PDU (LSP) refresh interval. LSPs must be refreshed before they expire. When the LSPs are not refreshed after a refresh interval, they are kept in a database until their max-lsp-lifetime reaches zero and then LSPs is purged. Z9500 Syntax lsp-refresh-interval seconds To restore the default refresh interval, use the no lsp-refresh-interval command. Parameters seconds The LSP refresh interval, in seconds.
PAGE 964
max-area-addresses Configure manual area addresses. Z9500 Syntax max-area-addresses number To return to the default values, use the no max-area-addresses command. Parameters number Set the maximum number of manual area addresses. The range is from 3 to 6. The default is 3. Defaults 3 addresses Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 965
Parameters seconds The maximum lifetime of LSP in seconds. This value must be greater than the lsp-refresh-interval command. The higher the value the longer the LSPs are kept. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 1200. Defaults 1200 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 966
Defaults Command Modes Command History 4 • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 967
level-2 Enables the metric style on Level 2. Defaults narrow; if no Level is specified, Level-1 and Level-2 are configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 968
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.
PAGE 969
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. passive-interface Suppress routing updates on an interface. This command stops the router from sending updates on that interface. Z9500 Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface configuration, use the no passive-interface interface command.
PAGE 970
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Although the passive interface does not send nor receive routing updates, the network on that interface is still included in the IS-IS updates sent using other interfaces. redistribute Redistribute routes from one routing domain to another routing domain.
PAGE 971
Defaults level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS as Level-1-2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS as Level 2 routes. This setting is the default. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) If you do not enter the route-map argument, all routes are redistributed. If a map-name value is not specified, no routers are imported.
PAGE 972
redistribute command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in LSPs is 63. If the metric-style command is set for Wide mode, the metric value in the redistribute command is advertised. Related Commands • default-information originate — generates a default route for the IS-IS domain. • distribute-list out — suppresses networks from being advertised in updates. This command filters redistributed routing information.
PAGE 973
If you do not specify a map-name, all routes are redistributed. If you specify a keyword, but fail to list route map tags, no routes are imported. Defaults IS-IS Level 2 routes only Command Modes • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 974
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. Z9500 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value] [metrictype {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value][metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 975
Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 976
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 977
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.
PAGE 978
Example (Router-Isis) Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode. Dell(conf-router_isis)#show config ! router isis clns host ISIS 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.00 log-adjacency-changes net 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.
PAGE 979
lspid (OPTIONAL) Display only the specified LSP. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 980
Example Field Description LSP Seq Num This value is the sequence number for the LSP that allows other systems to determine if they have received the latest information from the source. LSP Checksum This is the checksum of the entire LSP packet. LSP Holdtime This value is the amount of time, in seconds, that the LSP remains valid. A zero holdtime indicates that this is a purged LSP and is being removed from the link state database.
PAGE 981
IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x0000002D 0xB2CD 1075 0/0/0 Area Address: 49.0000.0001 NLPID: 0xCC 0x8E IP Address: 10.1.1.1 IPv6 Address: 1011::1 Topology: IPv4 (0x00) IPv6 (0x8002) Metric: 10 IS OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 20 IP 10.3.3.0 255.255.255.
PAGE 982
Graceful Restart T3 Timer T3 Timeout Value T2 Timeout Value T1 Timeout Value Adjacency wait time : : : : : : Enabled Manual 30 30 (level-1), 30 (level-2) 5, retry count: 1 30 Operational Timer Value ====================== Current Mode/State : T3 Time left : T2 Time left : Restart ACK rcv count : Restart Req rcv count : Suppress Adj rcv count : Restart CSNP rcv count : Database Sync count : Normal/RUNNING 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 (level-
PAGE 983
show isis interface Display detailed IS-IS interface status and configuration information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show isis interface [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 984
Next IS-IS LAN Level-1 Hello in 2 seconds Next IS-IS LAN Level-2 Hello in 1 seconds LSP Interval: 33 GigabitEthernet 0/8 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 38371358, Local circuit ID 2 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.02 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
PAGE 985
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Use this command to confirm that the neighbor adjacencies are operating correctly. If you suspect that they are not, you can verify the specified area addresses of the routers by using the show isis neighbors command.
PAGE 986
show isis protocol Display IS-IS routing information. Z9500 Syntax show isis protocol Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.
PAGE 987
show isis traffic This command allows you to display IS-IS traffic interface information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show isis traffic [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 988
Example 988 Item Description Level-1/Level-2 LSPs sourced (new/refresh) Displays the number of new and refreshed LSPs. Level-1/Level-2 LSPs flooded (sent/rcvd) Displays the number of flooded LSPs sent and received. Level-1/Level-2 LSPs CSNPs (sent/ rcvd) Displays the number of CSNP LSPs sent and received. Level-1/Level-2 LSPs PSNPs (sent/ rcvd) Displays the number of PSNP LPSs sent and received. Level-1/Level-2 DR Elections Displays the number of times designated router elections ran.
PAGE 989
spf-interval Specify the minimum interval between shortest path first (SPF) calculations. Z9500 Syntax spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] To restore default values, use the no spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] command.
PAGE 990
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Added support for SPF Throttling Enhancement. This command spf-interval in CONFIG-ROUTER-ISIS-AF-IPV6 mode is used for IPv6 Multi-Topology route computation only. If using Single Topology mode, use the spf-interval command in CONFIG-ROUTER-ISIS mode for both IPv4 and IPv6 route computations. SPF throttling slows down the frequency at which route calculations are performed during network instability.
PAGE 991
24 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software. NOTE: For static LAG commands, refer to Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
PAGE 992
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). Z9500 Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration.
PAGE 993
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session.
PAGE 994
Usage Information This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only. When applied on a static port-channel, this command has no effect. Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. lacp port-priority To influence which ports will be put in Standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating, configure the port priority.
PAGE 995
lacp system-priority Configure the LACP system priority. Z9500 Syntax Parameters lacp system-priority priority-value priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768. Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 996
NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. passive Enter the keyword passive to set the mode to the passive state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. off Enter the keyword off to set the mode to the off state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. Defaults off Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 997
port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port. Z9500 Syntax port-channel-protocol lacp To disable LACP on a LAN port, use the no port-channel-protocol lacp command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 998
counters Defaults Command Modes Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display the LACP counters. Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters. • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 999
Example (Counter) Dell#show lacp 1 counters ---------------------------------------------------LACP PDU Marker PDU Unknown Illegal Port Xmit Recv Xmit Recv Pkts Rx Pkts Rx ----------------------------------------------------Te 1/6 200 200 0 0 0 0 Dell# Related Commands clear lacp counters — clears the LACP counters. show interfaces port-channel — displays information on configured Port Channel groups.
PAGE 1000
25 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: • • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. clear mac-address-table Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically.
PAGE 1001
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for sticky MAC addresses. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1002
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 On the E-Series, available in INTERFACE VLAN context, reduced the minimum aging time in the INTERFACE VLAN context from 10 seconds to 1 second. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mac learning-limit — sets the MAC address learning limits for a selected interface.
PAGE 1003
vlan vlan-id • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1004
mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change. Z9500 Syntax [no] mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1005
station-moveviolation Defaults • (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords station-move to allow a station move on learned MAC addresses. On S-Series, the default behavior is dynamic. NOTE: “Static” means manually entered addresses, which do not age. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1006
After the MAC address learning limit is reached, the MAC addresses do not age out unless you add the dynamic option. To clear statistics on MAC address learning, use the clear counters command with the learning-limit parameter. NOTE: If you configure this command on an interface in a routed VLAN, and after the MAC addresses learned reaches the limit set in the mac learninglimit command, IP protocols are affected. For example, VRRP sets multiple VRRP Masters and OSPF may not come up.
PAGE 1007
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays details of the mac learning-limit.
PAGE 1008
Usage Information If you configure mac-learn-limit and the sticky MAC feature is enabled, dynamically learned MAC addresses are converted to sticky for that port. Any new MAC address that is learned also becomes sticky for that port. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays the details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit station-move-violation Specify the actions for a station move violation.
PAGE 1009
Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit reset Reset the MAC address learning-limit error-disabled state. Z9500 Syntax mac learning-limit reset Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1010
port-set portpipe (REQUIRED) Enter the keywords port-set then a port-pipe number to specify the port pipe for which to gather information. The range of port pipe numbers is from 0 to 3. address macaddr (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword address then a MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address. dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to display only those MAC addresses the switch dynamically learns.
PAGE 1011
1 1 0 1 1 00:01:02:03:04:07 00:01:02:03:04:08 ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff 00:01:02:03:04:05 00:01:02:03:04:06 DYNAMIC DYNAMIC STATIC DYNAMIC DYNAMIC Fo 2/0 Fo 2/0 00001 Fo 2/0 Fo 2/0 show mac-address-table Display the MAC address table.
PAGE 1012
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count, then optionally, by an interface or VLAN ID, to display total or interface-specific static addresses, dynamic addresses, and MAC addresses in use. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1013
Example Usage Information Column Heading Description State Lists if the MAC address is in use (Active) or not in use (Inactive). Dell(conf)#do show mac-address-table Codes: *N - VLT Peer Synced MAC VlanId Mac Address Type Interface 2 00:00:00:00:00:01 Dynamic (N) 128 Active 2 00:00:00:00:00:02 Dynamic (N) 10 Active 2 00:00:00:00:00:03 Dynamic 100 Active 2 00:00:00:00:00:04 Dynamic 10 Active State Po Po Po Po The following describes the show mac-address-table command shown in the following example.
PAGE 1014
Example (Count) Dell# show mac-address-table count MAC Entries for all vlans : Dynamic Address Count : 110 Static Address (User-defined) Count : 0 Sticky Address Count : 0 Total Synced Mac from Peer(N): 100 Total MAC Addresses in Use: 110 Dell# Related Commands show mac-address-table aging-time — displays MAC aging time. show mac-address-table aging-time Display the aging times assigned to the MAC addresses on the switch.
PAGE 1015
Related Commands show mac-address-table — displays the current MAC address configuration. show mac learning-limit Display MAC address learning limits set for various interfaces. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show mac learning-limit [violate-action] [detail] [interface interface] violate-action (OPTIONALY) Enter the keywords violate-action to display the MAC learning limit violation status. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the MAC learning limit in detail.
PAGE 1016
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Added support for the violate-action and detail options. 6.5.1.0 Added support for Port Channel.
PAGE 1017
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To return VLAN 1 as the Default VLAN, use this command syntax (default-vlanid 1).
PAGE 1018
Usage Information The no default vlan disable command is not listed in the runningconfiguration, but when the default VLAN is disabled, default-vlan disable is listed in the running-configuration. name Assign a name to the VLAN. Z9500 Syntax name vlan-name To remove the name from the VLAN, use the no name command. Parameters vlan-name Enter up to 32 characters as the name of the VLAN. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1019
show config Display the current configuration of the selected VLAN. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1020
• IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id and VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094 to display the configuration of the specified VLAN. name vlanname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword name and the name assigned to a VLAN. Only information on the specified VLAN is displayed. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1021
Column Heading Description NUM Displays existing VLAN IDs. Status Displays the word Inactive for inactive VLANs and the word Active for active VLANs.
PAGE 1022
Example (VLAN ID) Dell# show vlan id 20 Codes: * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs, R - Remote Port Mirroring VLANs, P - Primary, C - Community, I - Isolated O - Openflow Q: U - Untagged, T - Tagged x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged o - OpenFlow untagged, O - OpenFlow tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack i - Internal untagged, I - Internal tagged, v - VLT untagged, V - VLT tagged NUM Status 20 Active 0/140,Te 1/80) Description Q Ports T Po10(Te T Po20(Te 1/81) Example (Brief) Example (Name) T Fo 2/
PAGE 1023
tagged Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface. Z9500 Syntax tagged interface To remove a tagged interface from a VLAN, use the no tagged interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1024
Tagged interfaces can belong to multiple VLANs, while untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN at a time. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN. untagged — specifies which interfaces in a VLAN are untagged. track ip Track the Layer 3 operational state of a Layer 3 VLAN, using a subset of the VLAN member interfaces. Z9500 Syntax track ip interface To remove the tracking feature from the VLAN, use the no track ip interface command.
PAGE 1025
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. When this command is configured, the VLAN is operationally UP if any of the interfaces specified in the track ip command are operationally UP, and the VLAN is operationally DOWN if none of the tracking interfaces are operationally UP. If the track ip command is not configured, the VLAN's Layer 3 operational state depends on all the members of the VLAN.
PAGE 1026
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN. In the Default VLAN, you cannot use the no untagged interface command.
PAGE 1027
packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of FEFD to view information on packets sent and received. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1028
• aggressive: Change the link state to “error-disabled” when a far-end failure is detected by the software on that interface. When an interface is placed in an “errordisabled” state, you must enter the fefd reset command to reset the interface state. Range is normal or aggressive. Default is normal. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1029
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. When you enter no fefd for an interface and fefd-global, FEFD is enabled on the interface because the no fefd command is not retained in the configuration file. To keep the interface FEFD disabled when the global configuration changes, use the fefd reset command.
PAGE 1030
Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. Z9500 Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command. Parameters normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface. When the interface is placed in “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol.
PAGE 1031
fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode. Z9500 Syntax Parameters fefd reset [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1032
Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1033
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1034
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show fefd command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Displays the interfaces type and number.
PAGE 1035
Related Commands Layer 2 • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. • fefd disable — disables FEFD on an interface only. • fefd-global — enables FEFD globally on the system. • fefd reset — resets all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode.
PAGE 1036
Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) 26 Link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: • • LLPD Commands LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
PAGE 1037
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1038
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1039
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Modified to support management-address parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1040
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. clear lldp counters Clear LLDP transmitting and receiving counters for all physical interfaces or a specific physical interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear lldp counters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1041
clear lldp neighbors Clear LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specific interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear lldp neighbors {interface} interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1042
To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events} {packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1043
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Enable or disable LLDP. Z9500 Syntax disable To enable LLDP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled, that is no disable.
PAGE 1044
show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. hello Configure the rate at which the LLDP control packets are sent to its peer. Z9500 Syntax hello seconds To revert to the default, use the no hello seconds command. Parameters seconds Enter the rate, in seconds, at which the control packets are sent to its peer. The rate is from 5 to 180 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 1045
Command Modes LLDP (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810.
PAGE 1046
Related Commands Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. multiplier Set the number of consecutive misses before LLDP declares the interface dead. Z9500 Syntax multiplier integer To return to the default, use the no multiplier integer command. Parameters integer Enter the number of consecutive misses before the LLDP declares the interface dead. The range is from 2 to 10.
PAGE 1047
protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch. Z9500 Syntax protocol lldp To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1048
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Before LLDP can be configured on an interface, it must be enabled globally from CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 1049
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Modified output of detail parameter to display remote management IP addresses. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1050
Example Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show lldp statistics Total number of neighbors: 300 Last table change time : Mon Oct 02 16:00:52 2006 Number of Table Inserts : 1621 Number of Table Deletes : 200 Number of Table Drops : 0 Number of Table Age Outs : 400 Dell# show management-interface Display LLDP management interface configuration information.
PAGE 1051
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S8420T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1052
• manage Power over Ethernet (POE) • identify physical location • identify network policy advertise med guest-voice To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user with their own IP telephony handset or other appliances that support interactive voice services, configure the system.
PAGE 1053
show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med guest-voice-signaling To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user when the guest voice control packets use a separate network policy than the voice data, configure the system.
PAGE 1054
advertise med location-identification To advertise a location identifier, configure the system. Z9500 Syntax advertise med location-identification {coordinate-based value | civic-based value | ecs-elin value} To return to the default, use the no advertise med locationidentification {coordinate-based value | civic-based value | ecs-elin value} command. Parameters coordinatebased value Enter the keywords coordinate-based then the coordinated based location in hexadecimal value of 16 bytes.
PAGE 1055
Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med power-via-mdi To advertise the Extended Power via MDI TLV, configure the system. Z9500 Syntax advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1056
advertise med softphone-voice To advertise softphone to enable IP telephony on a computer so that the computer can be used as a phone, configure the system. Z9500 Syntax advertise med softphone-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med softphone-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1057
advertise med streaming-video To advertise streaming video services for broadcast or multicast-based video, configure the system. This command does not include video applications that rely on TCP buffering. Z9500 Syntax advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
PAGE 1058
advertise med video-conferencing To advertise dedicated video conferencing and other similar appliances that support real-time interactive video, configure the system. Z9500 Syntax advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1059
advertise med video-signaling To advertise video control packets that use a separate network policy than video data, configure the system. Z9500 Syntax advertise med video-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1060
advertise med voice To advertise a dedicated IP telephony handset or other appliances supporting interactive voice services, configure the system. Z9500 Syntax advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1061
advertise med voice-signaling To advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data, configure the system. Z9500 Syntax advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1062
Microsoft Network Load Balancing 27 Network Load Balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems. Microsoft NLB clustering allows multiple servers running Microsoft Windows to be represented by one MAC and one IP address to provide transparent failover and load-balancing.
PAGE 1063
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for the association of an IP address with a multicast MAC address on the Z95000. 9.3(0.0) Added support for the association of an IP address with a multicast MAC address on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 1064
mac-address-table static (for Multicast MAC Address) To configure the multicast mode of network load balancing (NLB) on the switch, you must associate a multicast MAC address with the VLAN used to switch Layer 2 multicast traffic, and add output ports that will receive multicast streams on the VLAN in the MAC address table.
PAGE 1065
can configure a static MAC address and associate it with a VLAN used to switch Layer 2 multicast traffic, you must first enable the router for Layer 2 multicast switching with the ip multicast-mode l2 command.
PAGE 1066
28 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 Multicast Commands • IPv6 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands This section describes the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
PAGE 1067
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. show ip pim tib — shows the PIM tree information base. ip mroute Assign a static mroute.
PAGE 1068
distance (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the distance metric assigned to the mroute. The range is from 0 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1069
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This feature allows you to limit the number of multicast entries on the system. This number is the total of all the multicast entries on all line cards in the system. On each line card, the multicast module only installs the maximum number of entries, depending on the configured CAM profile. To store multicast routes, use the IN-L3-McastFib CAM partition. It is a separate hardware limit that exists per port-pipe.
PAGE 1070
Related Commands ip pim sparse-mode — enables IGMP and PIM on an interface. show ip mroute View the multicast routing table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip mroute [static | group-address [source-address] | count | snooping [vlan vlan-id] [group-address [source-address]] | summary | vlt [group-address [source-address] | count] static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view static multicast routes.
PAGE 1071
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for keyword vlt to the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.4.1.
PAGE 1072
(*, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Vlan 30 (50.1.1.2, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip mroute command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the forwarding entry in the multicast route table.
PAGE 1073
show ip rpf View reverse path forwarding. Z9500 Syntax show ip rpf Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1074
debug ipv6 mld_host Enable the collection of debug information for MLD host transactions. Z9500 Syntax [no] debug ipv6 mld_host [int-count | interface type] [slot/ port-range] To discontinue collection of debug information for the MLD host transactions, use the no debug ipv6 mld_host command. Parameters int-count Enter the keyword count to indicate the number of required debug messages.
PAGE 1075
ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip multicast-limit limit limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The S-Series range is from 1 to 2000. Defaults The S-Series default is 400. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1076
Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) 29 Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. clear ip msdp peer Reset the TCP connection to the peer and clear all the peer statistics.
PAGE 1077
clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1078
clear ip msdp statistic Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1079
debug ip msdp Turn on MSDP debugging. Z9500 Syntax debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} To turn debugging off, use the no debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} command. Parameters event peer address Enter the keyword event then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). packet peer address Enter the keyword packet then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). pim Enter the keyword pim to debug advertisement from PIM.
PAGE 1080
Parameters number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache. The range is from 0 to 32766. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1081
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added the list option and removed the prefix-list option. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1082
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command. Parameters name Enter a string of up to 16 characters long for as the mesh group name. peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1083
ip msdp originator-id Configure the MSDP Originator ID. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp originator-id {interface} To remove the originator-id, use the no ip msdp originator-id {interface} command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1084
ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source] [description] [salimit number] To remove the MSDP peer, use the no ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source interface] [description name] [sa-limit number] command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1085
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Added option for SA upper limit and the description option. 6.2.1.1 Introduced The connect-source option is used to supply a source IP address for the TCP connection. When an interface is specified using the connect-source option, the primary configured address on the interface is used.
PAGE 1086
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced Modifications to the ACL do not have an immediate effect on the sa-cache. To apply the redistribute filter to entries already present in the SA cache, use the clear ip msdp sa-cache local command.
PAGE 1087
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip msdp sa-limit Configure the upper limit of source-active (SA) entries in SA-cache. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp sa-limit number To return to the default, use the no ip msdp sa-limit number command. Parameters number Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache. The range is from 0 to 40000.
PAGE 1088
be accepted. To enforce the limit in such situation, use the clear ip msdp sacache command. Related Commands ip msdp peer — configures the MSDP peer. clear ip msdp peer — clears the MSDP peer. show ip msdp — displays the MSDP information ip msdp shutdown Administratively shut down a configured MSDP peer. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip msdp shutdown {peer address} peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1089
ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. Z9500 Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1090
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1091
show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Display the rejected SAs in the SA cache. Z9500 Syntax show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1092
30 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. debug spanning-tree mstp Enable debugging of the multiple spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol. Z9500 Syntax Parameters debug spanning-tree mstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations.
PAGE 1093
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1094
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. protocol spanning-tree mstp — enters MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
PAGE 1095
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. max-age — changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time — changes the time interval between bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). hello-time Set the time interval between generation of MSTB bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Z9500 Syntax hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command.
PAGE 1096
Related Commands forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. max-age — changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the MSTB. Z9500 Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command.
PAGE 1097
hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. Z9500 Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command. Parameters range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 40. The default is 20. Defaults 20 hops Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1098
msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance, bridge priority, and one or multiple VLANs mapped to the MST instance. Z9500 Syntax msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} To disable mapping or bridge priority, use the no msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} command. Parameters msti instance Enter the MSTP iInstance. The range is from zero (0) to 63. vlan range Enter the keyword vlan then the identifier range value. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1099
name The name you assign to the multiple spanning tree region. Z9500 Syntax name region-name To remove the region name, use the no name command. Parameters region-name Enter the MST region name. The range is 32 character limit. Defaults no default name. Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1100
protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. Z9500 Syntax protocol spanning-tree mstp To disable the multiple spanning tree group, use the no protocol spanningtree mstp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1101
revision The revision number for the multiple spanning tree configuration. Z9500 Syntax revision range To return to the default values, use the no revision command. Parameters range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. Defaults 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1102
show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are shown. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1103
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1104
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Support for the optional keyword guard was added on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1105
BPDU (Mrecords): sent 7, received 1103 The port is not in the portfast mode Example (EDS and LBK) The bold line shows the loopback BPDU inconsistency (LBK_INC). Dell#show spanning-tree msti 0 brief MSTI 0 VLANs mapped 1-4094 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1106
Example (Guard) Field Description Instance MSTP instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard).
PAGE 1107
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters spanning-tree msti instance {cost cost | priority priority} msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST instance number. The range is from zero (0) to 63. cost cost (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value.
PAGE 1108
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree mstp edge-port Configures the interface as an MST edge port and optionally a Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard.
PAGE 1109
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. On an MSTP switch, a port configured as an edge port immediately transitions to the Forwarding state. Only configure ports connected to end-hosts as edge ports. Consider an edge port similar to a port with spanning-tree portfast enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-on-violation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU.
PAGE 1110
standards-based flush mechanism is needed, this knob command can be turned on to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1111
Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) 31 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors. The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) are the same for OSPFv2 and OSPFv3.
PAGE 1112
Defaults cost = 1; no areas are configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1113
no-summary (OPTIONAL) Specify that no summary LSAs should be sent into the NSSA. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1114
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1115
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1116
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf Clear all OSPF routing tables. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip ospf process-id [process] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process.
PAGE 1117
clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip ospf process-id statistics [interface name {neighbor router-id}] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared.
PAGE 1118
Related Commands show ip ospf statistics — displays the OSPF statistics. debug ip ospf Display debug information on OSPF. Entering the debug ip ospf commands enables OSPF debugging for the first OSPF process. Z9500 Syntax debug ip ospf process-id [bfd |event | packet | spf | databasetimer rate-limit] To cancel the debug command, use the no debug ip ospf command. Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared.
PAGE 1119
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the debug ip ospf command shown in the Example below. Field Description 8:14 Displays the time stamp. OSPF Displays the OSPF process ID: instance ID. v: Displays the OSPF version. The system supports version 2 only.
PAGE 1120
Example Field Description N, MC, E, T Displays information available in the Options field of the HELLO packet: • N + (N-bit is set) • N - (N-bit is not set) • MC+ (bit used by MOSPF is set and router is able to forward IP multicast packets) • MC- (bit used by MOSPF is not set and router cannot forward IP multicast packets) • E + (router is able to accept AS External LSAs) • E - (router cannot accept AS External LSAs) • T + (router can support TOS) • T - (router cannot support TOS) hi: D
PAGE 1121
metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number to configure a metric value for the route. The range is from 1 to 16777214. metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPF link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • • route-map map-name 1 = Type 1 external route 2 = Type 2 external route (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1122
Parameters number Enter a number as the metric. The range is from 1 to 16777214. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1123
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf asbr — displays the VLAN configuration. distance Define an administrative distance for particular routes to a specific IP address.
PAGE 1124
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distance ospf Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes.
PAGE 1125
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To specify a distance for routes learned from other routing domains, use the redistribute command.
PAGE 1126
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distribute-list out To restrict certain routes destined for the local routing table after the SPF calculation, apply a filter.
PAGE 1127
static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to specify that only manually configured routes are distributed. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1128
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. fast-convergence This command sets the minimum LSA origination and arrival times to zero (0), allowing more rapid route computation so that convergence takes less time.
PAGE 1129
Generally, convergence level 1 meets most convergence requirements. Higher convergence levels should only be selected following consultation with Dell Networking technical support. flood-2328 Enable RFC-2328 flooding behavior. Z9500 Syntax flood-2328 To disable, use the no flood-2328 command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1130
graceful-restart grace-period Specifies the time duration, in seconds, that the router’s neighbors continue to advertise the router as fully adjacent regardless of the synchronization state during a graceful restart. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart grace-period seconds To disable the grace period, use the no graceful-restart grace-period command. Parameters seconds Time duration, in seconds, that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPF terminates the process.
PAGE 1131
Parameters ip-address Enter the OSPF router-id, in IP address format, of the restart router that will not act as a helper during graceful restart. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1132
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1133
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Added Restart and Helper roles support on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type.
PAGE 1134
ip ospf authentication-key Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf authentication-key [encryption-type] key To delete an authentication key, use the no ip ospf authentication-key command. Parameters encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the key. key Enter an eight-character string. Strings longer than eight characters are truncated. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1135
Parameters cost Enter a number as the cost. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults The default cost is based on the reference bandwidth. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1136
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1137
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network. Related Commands ip ospf dead-interval — sets the time interval before a router is declared dead.
PAGE 1138
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure a maximum of six digest keys on an interface. Of the available six digest keys, the switches select the MD5 key that is common. The remaining MD5 keys are unused. To change to a different key on the interface, enable the new key while the old key is still enabled.
PAGE 1139
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf network Set the network type for the interface. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point} To return to the default, use the no ip ospf network command. Parameters broadcast Enter the keyword broadcast to designate the interface as part of a broadcast network.
PAGE 1140
ip ospf priority To determine the designated router for the OSPF network, set the priority of the interface. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf priority number To return to the default setting, use the no ip ospf priority command. Parameters number Enter a number as the priority. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1141
To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 5 seconds. This interval must be greater than the expected round-trip time for a packet to travel between two routers. Defaults 5 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1142
This value must be greater than the transmission and propagation delays for the interface. Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1143
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. Z9500 Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters number Specify the number of paths.
PAGE 1144
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mib-binding Enable this OSPF process ID to manage the SNMP traps and process SNMP queries. Z9500 Syntax mib-binding To mib-binding on this OSPF process, use the no mib-binding command. Defaults none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1145
Parameters ip-address Specify a primary or secondary address in dotted decimal format. The primary address is required before adding the secondary address. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format. (/x) area-id Enter the OSPF area ID as either a decimal value or in a valid IP address. Decimal value range is from 0 to 65535. IP address format is dotted decimal format A.B.C.D. NOTE: If the area ID is smaller than 65535, it is converted to a decimal value. For example, if you use an area ID of 0.0.0.
PAGE 1146
passive-interface Suppress both receiving and sending routing updates on an interface. Z9500 Syntax passive-interface {default | interface} To enable both the receiving and sending routing, use the no passiveinterface interface command. To return all OSPF interfaces (current and future) to active, use the no passiveinterface default command. Parameters default Enter the keyword default to make all OSPF interfaces (current and future) passive.
PAGE 1147
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface is still included in OSPF updates sent using other interfaces. The default keyword sets all interfaces as passive. You can then configure individual interfaces, where adjacencies are desired, using the no passiveinterface interface command.
PAGE 1148
redistribute Redistribute information from another routing protocol throughout the OSPF process. Z9500 Syntax redistribute {connected | rip | static} [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | isis | rip | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed.
PAGE 1149
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Related Commands default-information originate — generates a default route into the OSPF routing domain.
PAGE 1150
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.3 Added Route Map for BGP Redistribution to OSPF. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1151
metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then one of the following: • 1 = for OSPF External type 1 • 2 = for OSPF External type 2 route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1152
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1153
vrf name (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter the VRF process identifier to tie the OSPF instance to the VRF. All network commands under this OSPF instance are then tied to the VRF instance. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1154
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1155
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.8.0 Added output for LSA throttling timers. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.9.1.0 Added support for VRF. 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.8.1.0 Added the process-id option, in support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If you delete all the network area commands for Area 0, the show ip ospf command output does not list Area 0.
PAGE 1156
Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays information about the OSPF routes configured. show ip ospf interface — displays the OSPF interfaces configured. show ip ospf neighbor — displays the OSPF neighbors configured. show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id asbr process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1157
NOTE: ASBRs that are not in directly connected areas are also displayed. You can determine if an ASBR is in a directly connected area (or not) by the flags. For ASBRs in a directly connected area, E flags are set. In the following example, router 1.1.1.1 is in a directly connected area since the Flag is E/-/-/. For remote ASBRs, the E flag is clear (-/-/-/). Example Dell#show ip ospf 1asbr RouterID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.1 Dell# Flags -/-/-/ E/-/-/ Cost Nexthop 2 10.0.0.2 0 0.0.0.
PAGE 1158
Usage Information Example Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database command shown in the following example. Field Description Link ID Identifies the router ID. ADV Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Age Displays the link state age. Seq# Identifies the link state sequence number. This number allows you to identify old or duplicate link state advertisements.
PAGE 1159
show ip ospf database asbr-summary Display information about autonomous system (AS) boundary LSAs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database asbr-summary [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1160
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip ospf database asbr-summary command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
PAGE 1161
Length: 28 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database external Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database external [link-state-id] [advrouter ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1162
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database external command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1163
Type-5 AS External LS age: 612 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-5 AS External Link State ID: 12.12.12.2 Advertising Router: 20.31.3.1 LS Seq Number: 0x80000007 Checksum: 0x4cde Length: 36 Network Mask: /32 Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 25 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 43 LS age: 1868 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC) LS type: Type-5 AS External Link State ID: 24.216.12.0 Advertising Router: 20.20.20.
PAGE 1164
adv-router ipaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ipaddress to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 1164 Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1165
Example Field Description Checksum Identifies the link state sequence number. This number enables you to identify old or duplicate LSAs. Length Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents. Network Mask Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Attached Router Identifies the IP address of routers attached to the network. Dell#show ip ospf 1 data network OSPF Router with ID (20.20.20.5) (Process ID 1) Network (Area 0.0.0.
PAGE 1166
Parameters link-state-id adv-router ipaddress (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: • the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ipaddress to display only the LSA information about that router.
PAGE 1167
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: adv-router ipaddress • the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.0.0.
PAGE 1168
Item Example Description • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID.
PAGE 1169
show ip ospf database opaque-as Display the opaque-as (type 11) LSA information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database opaque-as [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1170
Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-link Display the opaque-link (type 9) LSA information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database opaque-link [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1171
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database router Display the router (type 1) LSA information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database router [link-state-id] [advrouter ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1172
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database router command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1173
Router (Area 0) LS age: 967 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Router Link State ID: 1.1.1.10 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x8000012f Checksum: 0x3357 Length: 144 AS Boundary Router Area Border Router Number of Links: 10 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.129.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.129.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.130.
PAGE 1174
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: adv-router ipaddress • the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.0.0.
PAGE 1175
Item Example Description • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router.
PAGE 1176
Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x1241 Length: 28 Network Mask: /26 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf interface Display the OSPF interfaces configured. If OSPF is not enabled on the switch, no output is generated. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id interface [interface] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1177
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id interface command shown in the following example. Item Description TenGigabitEthern et...
PAGE 1178
192.168.1.2 Backup Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.1, Interface address 192.168.1.1 Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5 Hello due in 00:00:02 Neighbor Count is 1, Adjacent neighbor count is 1 Adjacent with neighbor 192.168.253.1 (Backup Designated Router) TenGigabitEthernet 1/23 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.0.1/24, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.
PAGE 1179
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id neighbor command shown in the following example. Item Description Neighbor ID Displays the neighbor router ID.
PAGE 1180
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1181
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. global Enter the keyword global to display the packet counts received on all running OSPF interfaces and packet counts OSPF neighbors receive and transmit.
PAGE 1182
Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf statistics process-id global command shown in the following example. Row Heading Description Total Displays the total number of packets the OSPF process receives/transmits. Error Displays the error count while receiving and transmitting packets by the OSPF process. Hello Number of OSPF Hello packets. DDiscr Number of database description packets. LSReq Number of link state request packets. LSUpd Number of link state update packets.
PAGE 1183
Example Error Type Description Auth-Error Simple authentication error. MD5-Error MD5 error Cksum-Err Checksum Error Version Version mismatch AreaMismatch Area mismatch Conf-Issue The received hello packet has a different hello or dead interval than the configuration. No-Buffer Buffer allocation failure. Seq-no A sequence no errors occurred during the database exchange process. Socket Socket Read/Write operation error. Q-overflow Packets dropped due to queue overflow.
PAGE 1184
Example (Statistics) • Dead timer remaining value for each neighbor • Transmit timer remaining value for each neighbor • The LSU Q length and its highest mark for each neighbor • The LSR Q length and its highest mark for each neighbor Dell#show ip ospf 100 statistics Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/8 Hello-Timer 9, Wait-Timer 0, Grace-Timer 0 Error packets (Only for RX) Intf-Down Wrong-Len Auth-Error Version SeqNo-Err 0 0 0 0 0 Non-Dr Invld-Nbr MD5-Error AreaMisMatch Unkown-Pkt 0 0 0 0 0 Self-Or
PAGE 1185
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell#show ip ospf 10 timers rate-limit List of LSAs in rate limit Queue LSA id: 1.1.1.0 Type: 3 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:09.111 LSA id: 3.3.3.3 Type: 1 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:23.96 Dell# show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas.
PAGE 1186
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information To isolate problems with inter-area and external routes, use this command. In OSPF inter-area and external routes are calculated by adding LSA cost to the cost of reaching the router. If an inter-area or external route is not of correct cost, the display can determine if the path to the originating router is correct or not. Example Dell#show ip ospf 1 topology Router ID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.
PAGE 1187
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The area range command summarizes routes for the different areas. With the not-advertise parameter configured, you can use this command to filter out some external routes.
PAGE 1188
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Setting the delay and holdtime parameters to a low number enables the switch to an alternate path quickly but requires more CPU usage.
PAGE 1189
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. LSAs are sent after the start-interval and then after hold-interval until the maximum interval is reached. In throttling, exponential backoff is used when sending same LSA, so that the interval is multiplied until the maximum time is reached.
PAGE 1190
OSPFv3 Commands The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) remain unchanged. However, OSPFv3 runs on a per-link basis instead of on a per-IP-subnet basis. Most changes were necessary to handle the increased address size of IPv6. The Dell Networking implementation of OSPFv3 is based on IETF RFC 2740. area authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OFSPFv3 area.
PAGE 1191
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Before you enable IPsec authentication on an OSPFv3 area, you must first enable OSPFv3 globally on the router. Configure the same authentication policy (same SPI and key) on each interface in an OSPFv3 link.
PAGE 1192
ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295. esp encryptionalgorithm Encryption algorithm used with ESP. Valid values are: 3DES, DES, AES-CBC, and NULL. For AES-CBC, only the AES-128 and AES-192 ciphers are supported. keyencryptionalgorithm (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. key Text string used in encryption. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted).
PAGE 1193
Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1194
clear ipv6 ospf process Reset an OSPFv3 router process without removing or re-configuring the process. Z9500 Syntax clear ipv6 ospf process Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.
PAGE 1195
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. The following section describes the command fields.
PAGE 1196
debug ipv6 ospf packet Display debug information and interface types on OSPF IPv6 packets. Z9500 Syntax Parameters debug ipv6 ospf {packet | events} [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/ port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1197
from Te 0/36 Dell# Command Fields Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
PAGE 1198
metric-type type-value route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • 1 = Type 1 external route • 2 = Type 2 external route (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1199
Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1200
Defaults OSPFv3 graceful restart supports both planned and unplanned failures. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1201
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series and C-Series.
PAGE 1202
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1203
interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval to specify nondefault BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 100. min_rx milliseconds Enter the keywords min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system receives control packets from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 100. The default is 100.
PAGE 1204
ipv6 ospf cost Explicitly specify the cost of sending a packet on an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf interface-cost interface-cost Enter a unsigned integer value expressed as the link-state metric. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Default cost based on the bandwidth. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1205
Parameters seconds Enter the time interval in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. Defaults 40 seconds (Ethernet). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000.
PAGE 1206
keyencryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. key Text string used in authentication. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). The required lengths of a non-encrypted or encrypted key are: 3DES - 48 or 96 hex digits; DES - 16 or 32 hex digits; AESCBC -32 or 64 hex digits for AES-128 and 48 or 96 hex digits for AES-192. authenticationalgorithm Specifies the authentication algorithm to use for encryption. Valid values are MD5 or SHA1.
PAGE 1207
An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router. Configure the same encryption policy (same SPI and key) on each OSPFv3 interface in a link. To remove an IPsec encryption policy from an interface, enter the no ipv6 ospf encryption spi number command. To remove null authentication on an interface to allow the interface to inherit the authentication policy configured for the OSPFv3 area, enter the no ipv6 ospf no ipv6 ospf encryption null command.
PAGE 1208
When configured in a helper-reject role, an OSPFv3 router ignores the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. The graceful-restart role command is not supported in OSPFv3. When you enable the helper-reject role on an interface, you reconfigure an OSPFv3 router to function in a “restarting-only” role. ipv6 ospf hello-interval Specify the time interval between the hello packets sent on the interface.
PAGE 1209
ipv6 ospf priority To determine the Designated Router for the OSPFv3 network, set the priority of the interface. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 ospf priority number To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf priority command. Parameters number Enter the number as the priority. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1210
Parameters process-id Enter the process identification number. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1211
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. passive-interface Disable (suppress) sending routing updates on an interface. Z9500 Syntax passive—interface interface To enable sending routing updates on an interface, use the no passiveinterface interface command.
PAGE 1212
Usage Information Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, no interfaces are passive. Routing updates are sent to all interfaces on which the routing protocol is enabled.
PAGE 1213
metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then the OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • 1 for a type 1 external route • 2 for a type 2 external route The default is 2. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPFv3.
PAGE 1214
router-id Designate a fixed router ID. Z9500 Syntax router-id ip-address To return to the previous router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the router ID in the dotted decimal format. Defaults The router ID is selected automatically from the set of IPv4 addresses configured on a router. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1215
show crypto ipsec policy Display the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show crypto ipsec policy [name name] name name (OPTIONAL) Displays configuration details about a specified policy. Defaults No default behavior or values. Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1216
123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Outbound ESP Cipher Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Transform set : esp-3des esp-md5-hmac Crypto IPSec client security policy data Policy name : OSPFv3-0-501 Policy refcount : 1 Inbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Outbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Inbound ESP Auth Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba8ed8bb5efe91e97 eb7c0 c30808825fb5 Outbound ESP Auth Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba8ed8bb5efe91e97 eb7c0 c
PAGE 1217
show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Display the IPsec security associations (SAs) used on OSPFv3 interfaces. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 [interface interface] interface interface (OPTIONAL) Displays information about the SAs used on a specified OSPFv3 interface, where interface is one of the following values: • For a Port Channel interface, enter port-channel number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter TenGigabitEthernet slot/port.
PAGE 1218
Example Dell#show crypto ipsec policy Dell#show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Interface: TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe40:4d10 IPSecv6 policy name: OSPFv3-1-500 inbound ah sas spi : 500 (0x1f4) transform : ah-md5-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound ah sas spi : 500 (0x1f4) transform : ah-md5-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE inbound esp sas outbound esp sas Interface: TenGigabitEtherne
PAGE 1219
inbound/outbound ah Authentication policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. inbound/outbound esp Encryption policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. spi Security policy index number used to identify the policy. transform Security algorithm that is used to provide authentication, integrity, and confidentiality. in use settings Transform that the SA uses (only transport mode is supported). replay detection support Y: An SA has enabled the replay detection feature.
PAGE 1220
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for showing BFD status on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you enable BFD at the global level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD provisioning.
PAGE 1221
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1222
Rx New LSAS 22 Ext LSA Count 0 Rte Max Eq Cost Paths 10 GR grace-period 180 GR mode planned and unplanned Area 0 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 6 Rtr LSA Count 2 Net LSA Count 1 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 1 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 Area 1 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 8 Rtr LSA Count 1 Net LSA Count 0 Inter Area Pfx L
PAGE 1223
• Defaults none Command Modes EXEC For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.
PAGE 1224
Pay As You Grow 32 The Pay As You Grow (PAYG) software feature allows you to purchase a Z9500 switch with 36 40G ports (144 10G ports) and upgrade to a larger number of ports as your networking needs grow. install license Install the license for Z9500 ports from local flash, a remote server using a file transfer method, or an external flash device.
PAGE 1225
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. If your Z9500 switch has a 36 40G-port license, all 40G ports (144 10G ports) on line card 0 are enabled and usable. You can purchase a license to use additional ports: • 84 40G ports on line cards 0 and 1 (336 10G ports) • 132 40G ports on line cards 0, 1, and 2 (528 10G ports) You can upgrade from a 36 40G-port to either an 84 40G-port or 132 40G-port license. You can upgrade from an 84 40G-port to a 132 40G-port license.
PAGE 1226
show license Check the status of a Z9500 license and display the number of usable ports or verify a license stored on a remote server before you install it. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show license [flash://filepath | ftp://userid:password@host-ip/ filepath | scp://userid:password@hostip/filepath | tftp://hostip/filepath | usbflash://filepath] flash://filepath Enter flash://filepath to display a license stored in a local flash directory on the switch.
PAGE 1227
Vendor : Dell Product : Dell Force10 Z950 System Service Tag: RtHvKsJ License Service Tag: Current State : HW-Port-License 36 Ports (Fo 0/0-Fo 0/140) Next Boot : HW-Port-License 36 Ports (Fo 0/0-Fo 0/140) If an 84 40G-port license is installed, the following information is displayed.
PAGE 1228
PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) 33 The protocol-independent multicast sparse-mode (PIM-SM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1229
clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip pim tib [group] group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1230
To disable PIM debugging, use the no debug ip pim command or use the undebug all to disable all debugging command. Parameters bsr (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bsr to view PIM Candidate RP/BSR activities. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group to view PIM messages for a specific group. group (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group to view PIM messages for a specific group. packet [in | out] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to view PIM packets.
PAGE 1231
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ip pim bsr-border Define the border of PIM domain by filtering inbound and outbound PIM-BSR messages per interface. Z9500 Syntax ip pim bsr-border To return to the default value, use the no ip pim bsr-border command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1232
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword Gigabit then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1233
ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface. Z9500 Syntax ip pim dr-priority priority-value To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ip pim dr-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number. The range is from 0 to 4294967294. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1234
To remove the access list, use the no ip pim join-filter ext-access-list {in | out} command. Parameters ext-access-list Enter the name of an extended access list. in Enter this keyword to apply the access list to inbound traffic. out Enter this keyword to apply the access list to outbound traffic. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1235
ip pim ingress-interface-map When the Dell Networking system is the RP, statically map potential incoming interfaces to (*,G) entries to create a lossless multicast forwarding environment. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip pim ingress-interface-map std-access-list std-access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1236
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1237
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. ip pim register-filter To prevent a PIM source DR from sending register packets to an RP for the specified multicast source and group, use this feature.
PAGE 1238
Usage Information The access name is an extended IP access list that denies PIM register packets to RP at the source DR based on the multicast and group addresses. Do not enter this command before creating the access-list. ip pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group or access-list.
PAGE 1239
Usage Information First-hop routers use this address by to send register packets on behalf of source multicast hosts. The RP addresses are stored in the order in which they are entered. RP addresses learned using BSR take priority over static RP addresses. Without the override option, RPs advertised by the BSR updates take precedence over the statically configured RPs.
PAGE 1240
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Priority is stored at BSR router when receiving a Candidate-RP-Advertisement. ip pim sparse-mode Enable PIM sparse mode and IGMP on the interface.
PAGE 1241
the ip multicast-lag-hashing command). PIM is supported on the portchannel interface. ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer Enable expiry timers globally for all sources, or for a specific set of (S,G) pairs an access list defines. Z9500 Syntax ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer seconds [access-list name] To disable configured timers and return to default mode, use the no ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the S, G entries are retained.
PAGE 1242
ip pim spt-threshold To switch to the shortest path tree when the traffic reaches the specified threshold value, configure the PIM router. Z9500 Syntax ip pim spt-threshold value | infinity To return to the default value, use the no ip pim spt-threshold command. Parameters value (OPTIONAL) Enter the traffic value in kilobits per second. The default is 10 packets per second. A value of zero (0) causes a switchover on the first packet.
PAGE 1243
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 1244
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Dell#show ip pim bsr-router PIMv2 Bootstrap information This system is the Bootstrap Router (v2) BSR address: 7.7.7.
PAGE 1245
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip pim interface command shown in the following example. Field Description Address Lists the IP addresses of the interfaces participating in PIM. Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), of the interfaces participating in PIM.
PAGE 1246
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The following describes the show ip pim neighbor command shown in the following example. Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor.
PAGE 1247
show ip pim rp View all multicast groups-to-RP mappings. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip pim rp [mapping | group-address] mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learnt. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address mask in dotted decimal format to view RP for a specific group. • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1248
Info source: 165.87.20.5, via bootstrap, priority 0 Uptime: 00:03:11, expires: 00:03:03 Example (Address) Dell#show ip pim rp 229.1.2.1 Group RP 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 show ip pim snooping interface Display information on VLAN interfaces with PIM-SM snooping enabled. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip pim snooping interface [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about a specified VLAN configured for PIM-SM snooping. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1249
Example (#2) Field Description Nbr Count Displays the number of neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping on the interface. DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (ip pim dr-priority command). DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface. Dell#show ip pim snooping interface Interface Ver Nbr DR DR Count Prio Vlan 2 v2 3 1 165.87.32.
PAGE 1250
Field Description Interface Displays the VLAN ID number and slot/port on which the PIM-SM-enabled neighbor was discovered. Uptime/expires Displays the amount of time the neighbor has been up then the amount of time until the neighbor is removed from the multicast routing table (that is, until the neighbor hold time expires).
PAGE 1251
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 1252
Example Field Description Outgoing interface list: Lists the interfaces that meet one of the following criteria: • a directly connect member of the Group • statically configured member of the Group • received a (*,G) Join message Dell#show ip pim snooping tib PIM Multicast Snooping Table Flags: J/P - (*,G) Join/Prune, j/p - (S,G) Join/Prune SGR-P - (S,G,R) Prune Timers: Uptime/Expires * : Inherited port (*, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:00:01, expires 00:02:59, RP 165.87.70.
PAGE 1253
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.1 Support for the display of PIM-SM snooping status was added on E-Series ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1254
Neighbor table RP Mapping : 528 bytes : 0 bytes show ip pim tib View the PIM tree information base (TIB). Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip pim tib [group-address [source-address]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1255
Example Field Description flags List the flags to define the entries: • D = PIM Dense Mode • S = PIM Sparse Mode • C = directly connected • L = local to the multicast group • P = route was pruned • R = the forwarding entry is pointing toward the RP • F = Dell Networking OS is registering this entry for a multicast source • T = packets were received via Shortest Tree Path • J = first packet from the last hop router is received and the entry is ready to switch to SPT • K = acknowledge p
PAGE 1256
(*, 226.1.1.3), uptime 00:18:08, expires 00:00:52, RP 10.211.2.1, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: TenGigabitEthernet 0/23, RPF neighbor 10.211.1.2 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/0 (*, 226.1.1.4), uptime 00:18:08, expires 00:00:52, RP 10.211.2.1, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: TenGigabitEthernet 0/23, RPF neighbor 10.211.1.2 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/0 show running-config pim Display the current configuration of PIM-SM snooping.
PAGE 1257
clear ipv6 pim tib Clear the IPv6 PIM multicast-routing database (tree information base-TIB). Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 pim tib [group-address] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0(1.
PAGE 1258
group group (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group then the group address to invoke debugging on that specific group. packet (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM packets. register [group] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register and optionally the group address to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM register messages for a particular group. state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view IPv6 PIM state changes.
PAGE 1259
• For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1260
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1261
Example Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.3.1.
PAGE 1262
ipv6 pim query-interval Change the frequency of IPv6 PIM router-query messages. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 pim query-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no ipv6 pim query-interval seconds command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the number of seconds between router query messages. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1263
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 1264
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1265
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1266
ipv6 pim spt-threshold Specifies when a PIM leaf router should join the shortest path tree. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 pim spt-threshold {kbps | infinity} To return to the default value, use the no ipv6 pim spt-threshold command. Parameters kbps Enter a traffic rate in kilobytes per second. The range is from 0 to 4294967 kbps. The default is 10 kbps. infinity Enter the keyword infinity to have all sources for the specified group use the shared tree and never join shortest path tree (SPT).
PAGE 1267
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1268
Te 1/3 v2/S 1 30 1 Address : fe80::201:e8ff:fe02:140f DR : this router Te 1/11 v2/S 0 30 1 Address : fe80::201:e8ff:fe02:1417 DR : this router Dell# show ipv6 pim neighbor Displays IPv6 PIM neighbor information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 pim neighbor [detail] detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to displayed PIM neighbor detailed information. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1269
Parameters mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learned. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format to view RP mappings for a specific group. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1270
show ipv6 pim tib View the IPv6 PIM multicast-routing database (tree information base — tib). Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 pim tib [group-address [source-address]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format to view RP mappings for a specific group. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 1271
00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 10/11 (25::1, ff0e::225:1:2:2), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/11 (25::2, ff0e::225:1:2:2), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/11 (25::1, ff0e::22
PAGE 1272
PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) 34 The protocol-independent multicast source-specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. IPv4 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv4 PIM-SM, IPv4 PIM-SSM, and PIM-DM.
PAGE 1273
Defaults Default SSM range is 232/8 and ff3x/32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1274
show ip pim ssm-range Display the non-default groups added using the SSM range feature. Z9500 Syntax show ip pim ssm-range Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1275
IPv6 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands The following IPv6 PIM-SSM commands are supported: • ip pim ssm-range • show ipv6 pim ssm-range ipv6 pim ssm-range Specify the SSM group range using an access list. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ipv6 pim ssm-range {access_list_name} access_list_na me Enter the name of the access list. Maximum 16 characters. Defaults Default SSM range is 232/8 and ff3x/32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1276
show ipv6 pim ssm-range Display the non-default groups added using the SSM range feature. Z9500 Syntax show ipv6 pim ssm-range Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 1276 Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1277
Policy-based Routing (PBR) 35 Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS).
PAGE 1278
Related Commands ip redirect-list – enables an IP Redirect List. ip redirect-group Apply a redirect list (policy-based routing) on an interface. You can apply multiple redirect lists to an interface by entering this command multiple times. Z9500 Syntax ip redirect-group redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list from an interface, use the no ip redirect-group name command. Parameters redirect-listname Enter the name of a configured redirect list.
PAGE 1279
NOTE: Apply the redirect list to physical, VLAN, or LAG interfaces only. Related Commands • show cam pbr – displays the content of the PBR CAM. • show ip redirect-list – displays the redirect-list configuration. ip redirect-list Configure a redirect list and enter REDIRECT-LIST mode. Z9500 Syntax ip redirect-list redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list, use the no ip redirect-list command. Parameters redirect-listname Enter the name of a redirect list.
PAGE 1280
permit Configure a rule for the redirect list. Z9500 Syntax permit {ip-protocol-number | protocol-type} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operators] To remove the rule, use one of the following: Parameters • If you know the filter sequence number, use the no seq sequence-number syntax command.
PAGE 1281
operator (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only. Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt= less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the portcommand parameter.) Defaults none Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1282
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the forwarding router. slot/port Enter the keyword slot / port followed by the slot/port information. ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
PAGE 1283
Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1284
ip for any internet protocol • tcp for transmission control protocol • udp for user datagram protocol source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
PAGE 1285
Defaults none Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. show cam pbr Display the PBR CAM content.
PAGE 1286
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The show cam pbr command displays the PBR CAM content. Example Dell#show cam pbr linecard 0 port-set 0 TCP Flag: Bit 5 - URG, Bit 4 - ACK, Bit 3 - PSH, Bit 2 - RST, Bit 1 - SYN, Bit 0 - FIN Cam Port VlanID Proto Tcp Src Dst SrcIp DstIp Next-hop Egress Index Flag Port Port MAC Port ---------------------------------------------------------------------------00000 1 100 IP 0x0 0 0 0.0.
PAGE 1287
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Dell#show ip redirect-list IP redirect-list ecmp: Defined as: seq 5 redirect 100.1.1.
PAGE 1288
36 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). • The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1289
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1290
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the MXL. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1291
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1292
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.0 Added support for the RPM / ERPM. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1293
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1294
To disable a monitor source, use the no source interface destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} command. Parameters source interface For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface enter the keyword VLAN followed by a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1295
Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon- sess-session-ID) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Port Monitoring Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.0 Added support for Source and destination. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1296
Private VLAN (PVLAN) 37 The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software. Private VLANs extend the system security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, refer to the following commands. The command output is augmented in the Dell Networking OS version 7.
PAGE 1297
• Isolated port: An isolated port is a port that, in Layer 2, can only communicate with promiscuous ports that are in the same PVLAN. • Promiscuous port: A promiscuous port is a port that is allowed to communicate with any other port type. • Trunk port: A trunk port carries VLAN traffic across switches: – A trunk port in a PVLAN is always tagged. – A trunk port in Tagged mode carries primary or secondary VLAN traffic. The tag on the packet helps identify the VLAN to which the packet belongs.
PAGE 1298
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan — maps secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. show arp — displays the ARP table. show interfaces private-vlan — displays the type and status of the PVLAN interfaces. show vlan private-vlan — displays the PVLANs and/or interfaces that are part of a PVLAN.
PAGE 1299
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The VLAN: • can be in only one mode, either community, isolated, or primary. • mode ode to community or isolated even before associating it to a primary VLAN.
PAGE 1300
Parameters vlan-list Enter the list of secondary VLANs to associate with the selected primary VLAN. The list can be in comma-delimited or hyphenated-range format, following the convention for the range input. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1301
show interfaces private-vlan Display type and status of PVLAN interfaces. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show interfaces private-vlan [interface interface] interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type and slot/port numbers or port-channel number to specify the port(s) for which you want to display PVLAN information. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is 0 to 2. Enter only a slot ID to display the PVLAN status for all ports on a Z9500 line card.
PAGE 1302
Example (All) Field Description Vlan Displays the VLAN ID of the designated interface. PVLAN-Type Displays the type of VLAN in which the designated interface resides. Interface Type Displays the PVLAN port type of the designated interface. Status States whether the interface is operationally up or down.
PAGE 1303
interface. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is 0 to 2. The valid values are: • port-channel port-channel-number • tengigabitethernet slot/port • fortygigE slot/port isolated (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword isolated and a PVLAN ID number to display the configuration of an isolated PVLAN. mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the community and isolated PVLAN mapping to primary PVLANs.
PAGE 1304
Example (All) Field Description Type Displays the type of VLAN in which the listed interfaces reside. Active States whether the interface is operationally up or down. Ports Displays the interface IDs in the listed VLAN.
PAGE 1305
Usage Information Note that if the VLAN ID you enter is a primary VLAN, the entire private VLAN output is displayed, as shown below. If the VLAN ID is a secondary VLAN, only its primary VLAN and secondary VLAN properties are displayed, as shown in the second Example below.
PAGE 1306
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1307
Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) 38 The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line. description Enter a description of the PVST+. Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1308
disable Disable PVST+ globally. Z9500 Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1309
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1310
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1311
show spanning-tree pvst View the Per-VLAN spanning tree configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree pvst [vlan vlan-id] [brief] [guard] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the PVST+ configuration information.
PAGE 1312
Usage Information Example (Brief) Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display port error disable state (EDS) caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency and Port VLAN ID inconsistency. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. The following describes the show spanning-tree pvst command shown in the following examples. Field Description Interface Name PVST interface. Instance PVST instance.
PAGE 1313
Number of topology changes 3, last change occured 00:57:00 Port 130 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/0) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.130 Designated root has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated bridge has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1314
Edge port:no (default) port guard :none (default) Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter:disable (default) Bpdu guard :disable (default) Bpdus sent 1, received 0 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID --------------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.
PAGE 1315
vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. cost number Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000. Defaults: • 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 2000. • Port Channel interface with one 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 2000. • Port Channel with two 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 1800. priority value Enter the keyword priority then the Port priority value in increments of 16. The range is from 0 to 240. The default is 128.
PAGE 1316
Usage Information The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, or is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack. This option places the port into the Error Disable state if a BPDU appears, and a message is logged so that the administrator can take corrective action. NOTE: A port configured as an edge port, on a PVST switch, immediately transitions to the forwarding state.
PAGE 1317
spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. Z9500 Syntax spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Defaults Enabled; ports are placed in the Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1318
To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1319
Defaults 32768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1320
to the forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30 seconds. The default is 15 seconds. Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1321
hello-time seconds Enter the keywords hello-time then the time interval, in seconds, between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1322
max-age seconds Enter the keywords max-age then the time interval, in seconds, that the system waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1323
Quality of Service (QoS) 39 The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. This chapter contains the following sections: • Global Configuration Commands • Per-Port QoS Commands • Policy-Based QoS Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command. qos-rate-adjust Enable QoS rate adjustment to include overhead fields in rate metering calculations.
PAGE 1324
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced. By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields. These fields are overhead; only the fields from MAC destination address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations. service-class bandwidth-percentage Specify a minimum bandwidth for queues.
PAGE 1325
service-class dot1p-mapping Configure a service-class criterion based on a dot1p value. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults service-class dot1p-mapping {dot1p0 value | dot1p1 value | dot1p2 value | dot1p3 value | dot1p4 value| dot1p5 value | dot1p6 value | dot1p7 value} dot1p0 value ... dot1p7 value Enter a dot1p list number and value. The list number range is from 0 to 7. The range is from 0 to 3.
PAGE 1326
To return to the default setting, use the no service-class dynamic dot1p command. Defaults Command Modes Command History All dot1p traffic is mapped to Queue 0 unless you enable the service-class dynamic dot1p command. The default mapping is as follows: dot1p Queue ID 0 2 1 0 2 1 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 • INTERFACE • CONFIGURATION This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1327
You can apply this command on both physical interfaces and port channels. When you set the service-class dynamic for a port channel, the physical interfaces assigned to the port channel are automatically configured; you cannot assign the service-class dynamic command to individual interfaces in a port channel. • All dot1p traffic is mapped to Queue 0 unless you enable the service-class dynamic dot1p command on an interface or globally.
PAGE 1328
Command Modes Command History QOS-POLICY-OUT mode Version Description 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 platform. Usage Information You can configure all the data queues. For Z9500, you can configure queues 0-3. WRED profile contains a set of characteristics, such as the minimum and maximum WRED thresholds and the maximum drop rate. You can add and remove WRED parameters for one or more queues by using the command in a single line.
PAGE 1329
backplane Specify that the ECN marking configured for each queue applies to backplane ports. Default By default, ECN marking is disabled on all queues. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 platform. You can add or remove ECN marking configuration on a list of queues on all backplane ports.
PAGE 1330
Z9500 Syntax Parameters [no] buffer-pool wred {green | weight | yellow} {[pool0 number/ string] || [pool1 number/string]} buffer-pool Define the mapping between the service class and policybased QoS or routing. wred Specify WRED curve parameters for a queue. green Specify green (low) drop precedence to a queue.
PAGE 1331
Example Dell(conf-wred)#wred thresh-1 Dell(conf-wred)#threshold min 100 max 200 max-drop-rate 40 Dell(conf-wred)#wred thresh-2 Dell(conf-wred)#threshold min 300 max 400 max-drop-rate 80 Dell(conf)#service-pool wred green pool0 thresh-1 pool1 thresh-2 Dell(conf)#service-pool wred yellow pool0 thresh-3 pool1 thresh-4 Dell(conf #service-pool wred weight pool0 11 pool1 4 show qos dot1p-queue-mapping Displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch.
PAGE 1332
dot1p-priority Assign a value to the IEEE 802.1p bits on the traffic this interface receives. Z9500 Syntax dot1p-priority priority-value To delete the IEEE 802.1p configuration on the interface, use the no dot1ppriority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a value from 0 to 7. dot1p Queue Number 0 2 1 0 2 1 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1333
Usage Information The dot1p-priority command changes the priority of incoming traffic on the interface. The system places traffic marked with a priority in the correct queue and processes that traffic according to its queue. When you set the priority for a port channel, the physical interfaces assigned to the port channel are configured with the same value. You cannot assign the dot1ppriority command to individual interfaces in a port channel.
PAGE 1334
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and SSeries. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information NOTE: Per Port rate limit and rate police is supported for Layer 2 tagged and untagged switched traffic and for Layer 3 traffic. Per VLAN rate limit and rate police is supported on only tagged ports with Layer 2 switched traffic.
PAGE 1335
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and SSeries. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured.
PAGE 1336
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. After you configure a unicast queue as strict-priority, the specified queue is treated as a strict-priority queue on the entire switch. Traffic for a strict priority is scheduled before any other queues are serviced. For example, if you send 100% line rate traffic over a strict-priority queue, it starves all other queues on the ports on which this traffic is flowing.
PAGE 1337
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The unit of bandwidth percentage is 1%. If the sum of the bandwidth percentages given to all eight classes exceeds 100%, the bandwidth percentage automatically scales down to 100%. Related Commands qos-policy-output — creates a QoS output policy. class-map Create a class map. Class maps differentiate traffic so that you can apply separate quality-of-service policies to each class.
PAGE 1338
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Class-map names can be 32 characters. Layer2 available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Expanded to add support for Layer 2.
PAGE 1339
clear qos statistics Clears Matched Packets through class maps applied to inbound ports Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear qos statistics interface-name interface-name Enter one of the following keywords: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1340
To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the policies (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (policy-map-input and policy-map-output; conf-qos-policy-in and conf-qos-policy-out; wred) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1341
set-ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords set-ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The matched traffic is marked with the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP CONFIGURATION (config-class-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1342
ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to support IPv6 traffic. ip-any Enter the keyword ip-any to support IPv4 and IPv6 traffic. dscp-list Enter the IP DSCP values that is to be the match criteria. Separate values by commas — no spaces ( 1,2,3 ) or indicate a list of values separated by a hyphen (1-3). The range is from 0 to 63. set-ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords set-ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The matched traffic is marked with the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 1343
Up to 64 IP DSCP values can be matched in one match statement. For example, to indicate IP DCSP values 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7, enter either the match ip dscp 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or match ip dscp 0-7 command. NOTE: Only one of the IP DSCP values must be a successful match criterion, not all of the specified IP DSCP values must match. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match ip precedence Use IP precedence values as a match criteria.
PAGE 1344
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Added support for the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast. Added support for the DSCP marking option for the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1345
Parameters vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan and then the ID of the VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CONF-CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.
PAGE 1346
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match mac dot1p Configure a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value.
PAGE 1347
Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match mac vlan Configure a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. Z9500 Syntax Parameters match mac vlan number number Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1348
Parameters qos-policyname Enter the name of the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (policy-map-input and policy-map-output) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1349
cpu-qos (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cpu-qos to create an input policy to be used to rate-limit control-plane traffic (CoPP). Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.
PAGE 1350
To remove a policy map, use the no policy-map-output policy-map-name command. Parameters policy-mapname Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1351
Parameters qos-policyname Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. cpu-qos Enter the keyword cpu-qos to create a QoS input policy to be used to rate-limit control-plane traffic (CoPP). Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1352
qos-policy-output Create a QoS output policy. Z9500 Syntax qos-policy-output qos-policy-name To remove an existing output QoS policy, use the no qos-policy-output qospolicy-name command. Parameters qos-policyname Enter your output QoS policy name in character format (32 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1353
rate-police Specify the policing functionality on incoming traffic. Z9500 Syntax Parameters rate-police [kbps] committed-rate [burst-KB] [peak [kbps] peakrate [burst-KB]] kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). Make the following value a multiple of 64. The range is from 0 to 40000000. The default granularity is Megabits per second (Mbps). committedrate Enter the bandwidth in Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000.
PAGE 1354
Usage Information The default burst size is 100Kb. If a different value is required, you must configure the burst size to the required value. Related Commands rate shape — shapes traffic output as part of the designated policy. qos-policy-input — creates a QoS output policy. rate-shape Shape traffic output as part of an output QoS policy.
PAGE 1355
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You must configure the peak rate and peak burst size using the same value: kilobits or packets per second. Similarly, you must configure the committed rate and committed burst size with the same measurement. Peak rate refers to the maximum rate for traffic arriving or exiting an interface under normal traffic conditions.
PAGE 1356
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1357
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1358
assigned to the queue under policy-map-input and output QoS policy under policy-map-output context. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-policy-map-in and conf-policy-map-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1359
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-in) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 1360
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show qos class-map Class-map match-any CM Match ip access-group ACL Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. show qos policy-map View the QoS policy map information.
PAGE 1361
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (IPv4) Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1362
Te 2/2 Dell# PM2 PMOut show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map-input [policy-map-name] [class class-mapname] [qos-policy-input qos-policy-name] policy-mapname Enter the policy map name. class classmap-name Enter the keyword class then the class map name. qos-policyinput qospolicy-name Enter the keyword qos-policy-input then the QoS policy name.
PAGE 1363
0 Dell# Example ClassMap1 qosPolicyInput Dell# show qos policy-map-input Policy-map-input pmap1 Trust ipv6-diffserv Queue# Class-map-name 0 c0 1 c1 2 c2 3 c3 4 c4 5 c5 6 c6 7 c7 Dell# Qos-policy-name q0 q1 q2 q3 q4 q6 q7 show qos policy-map-output View the output QoS policy map details. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map-output [policy-map-name] [qos-policy-output qos-policy-name] policy-mapname Enter the policy map name.
PAGE 1364
Example Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show qos policy-map-output Policy-map-output PolicyMapOutput Aggregate Qos-policy-name AggPolicyOut Queue# Qos-policy-name 0 qosPolicyOutput Dell# show qos qos-policy-input View the input QoS policy details. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show qos qos-policy-input [qos-policy-name] qos-policyname Enter the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1365
Dell# Dscp 32 show qos qos-policy-output View the output QoS policy details. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show qos qos-policy-output [qos-policy-name] qos-policyname Enter the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1366
Parameters wred-profile interface interface Enter the keywords wred-profile and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40–Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1367
5 6 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 1883724 1883724000 0 1883720 1883720000 0 1883720 1883720000 0 Dell# Usage Information The following describes the show qos statistics command in the following example. Field (EF) Description Queue # Queue Number Queued Bytes Snapshot of the byte count in that queue. Queued Pkts Cumulative packet count in that queue. Matched Pkts The number of packets that matched the class-map criteria.
PAGE 1368
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show qos wred-profile Wred-profile-name wred_drop wred_ge_y wred_ge_g wred_teng_y wred_teng_g WRED1 min-threshold 0 1024 2048 4096 8192 2000 max-threshold 0 2048 4096 8192 16384 7000 test cam-usage Verify CAM usage for an input policy-map configuration.
PAGE 1369
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This feature allows you to determine if the CAM has enough space available before applying the configuration on an interface. An input policy map with both Trust and Class-map configuration, the Class-map rules are ignored and only the Trust rule is programmed in the CAM.
PAGE 1370
Example Dell# test cam-usage service-policy input pmap_l2 linecard all For a L2 Input Policy Map pmap_l2, the output must be as follows, Linecard|Portpipe|CAM Partition|Available CAM|Estimated CAM| Status | | | |per Port | (Allowed ports) 0 0 L2ACL 500 200 Allowed (2) 0 1 L2ACL 100 200 Exception 1 0 L2ACL 1000 200 Allowed (5) 1 1 L2ACL 0 200 Exception … … … 13 1 L2ACL 400 200 Allowed (2) Dell# threshold Specify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the configured WRED profiles.
PAGE 1371
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To configure the minimum and maximum threshold values for user-defined profiles, use this command. Additionally, to modify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the pre-defined WRED profiles, use this command. If you delete the threshold values of the pre-defined WRED profiles, the profiles revert to their original default values.
PAGE 1372
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added fallback to the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Added dot1p to the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added dot1p and IPv6 DSCP. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1373
wred Configure a WRED profile for yellow or green traffic. Z9500 Syntax wred {yellow | green} profile-name To remove the WRED drop precedence, use the no wred {yellow | green} [profilename] command. Parameters yellow | green Enter the keyword yellow for yellow traffic. A DSCP value of xxx100, xxx101, and xxx110 maps to yellow. Enter the keyword green for green traffic. A DSCP value of xxx0xx maps to green. profile-name Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum).
PAGE 1374
trust — defines the dynamic classification to trust DSCP. wred weight Configure the weight factor used to determine the average-queue size for WRED and ECN operation. The weight value is used in an output QoS policy applied to a front-end or backplane port.
PAGE 1375
Command Modes QOS-POLICY-OUT mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1376
profile names. You can configure up to 26 WRED profiles plus the five pre-defined profiles, for a total of 31 WRED profiles. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_g. Defaults The five pre-defined WRED profiles. When you configure a new profile, the minimum and maximum threshold defaults to predefined wred_ge_g values. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1377
To remove a color policy map profile, use the no dscp {yellow | red} [dscp-list] command. Parameters Yellow Enter the yellow keyword. Traffic marked as yellow delivers traffic to the egress queue which either transmits the packet if it has available bandwidth or drops the packet due to no ability to send. red Enter the red keyword. Traffic marked as red is dropped. dscp-list Enter a list of IP DSCP values. The dscp-list parameter specifies the full list of IP DSCP value(s) for the specified color.
PAGE 1378
Related Commands qos dscp-color-map — configures the DSCP color map qos dscp-color-policy— configures a DSCP color policy qos dscp-color-map Configure the DSCP color map. Syntax qos dscp-color-map map-name To remove a color map, use the no qos dscp-color-map map-name command. Parameters map-name Enter the name of the DSCP color map. The map name can have a maximum of 32 characters. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1379
qos dscp-color-policy Associates the DSCP color map profile with an interface so that all IP packets received on it is given a color based on that color map. Syntax dscp-color-policy color-map-profile-name To remove a color policy map profile, use the no dscp-color-policy colormap-profile-name command. Parameters color-mapprofile-name Enter the color map profile name. The name can have a maximum of 32 characters.
PAGE 1380
Parameters map-name Enter the name of the color map. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Display all DSCP color maps.
PAGE 1381
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) 40 Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2). The implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. auto-summary Restore the default behavior of automatic summarization of subnet routes into network routes.
PAGE 1382
clear ip rip Update all the RIP routes in the system routing table. Z9500 Syntax clear ip rip Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1383
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. database (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword database to display messages when there is a change to the RIP database. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug only RIP protocol changes. trigger (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword trigger to debug only RIP trigger extensions.
PAGE 1384
Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route-map. Defaults Disabled. Metric: 1. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1385
Defaults 1 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1386
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1387
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1388
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.29.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1389
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to filter only directly connected routes. ospf (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ospf to filter all OSPF routes. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to filter manually configured routes. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1390
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1391
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you want the interface to receive both versions of RIP, use the ip rip receive version 1 2 command. Related Commands ip rip send version — sets the RIP version for sending RIP traffic on an interface.
PAGE 1392
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable the interface to send both version of RIP packets, use the ip rip send version 1 2 command. Related Commands ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version for the interface to receive traffic.
PAGE 1393
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip poison-reverse — sets the prefix for RIP routing updates. maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths. Z9500 Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths commands. Parameters number Enter the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4 paths.
PAGE 1394
neighbor Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information. Z9500 Syntax neighbor ip-address To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format, of a router with which to exchange information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1395
network Enable RIP for a specified network. To enable RIP on all networks connected to the switch, use this command. Z9500 Syntax network ip-address To disable RIP for a network, use the no network ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Specify an IP network address in dotted decimal format. You cannot specify a subnet. Defaults No RIP network is configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1396
offset-list Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned using RIP. Z9500 Syntax offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] To delete an offset list, use the no offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] command. Parameters prefix-listname Enter the name of an established Prefix list to determine which incoming routes are modified.
PAGE 1397
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When the offset metric is applied to an interface, that value takes precedence over an offset value that is not extended to an interface. Related Commands ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. output-delay Set the interpacket delay of successive packets to the same neighbor.
PAGE 1398
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface. Z9500 Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1399
Related Commands neighbor — enables RIP for a specified network. network — defines a neighbor. redistribute Redistribute information from other routing instances. Z9500 Syntax redistribute {connected | static} To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed.
PAGE 1400
redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance. Z9500 Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-1 routes.
PAGE 1401
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. Z9500 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to redistribute. The range is from 1 to 65355.
PAGE 1402
router rip To configure and enable RIP, enter ROUTER RIP mode. Z9500 Syntax router rip To disable RIP, use the no router rip command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1403
show config Display the changes you made to the RIP configuration. The default values are not shown. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1404
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 1404 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1405
[50/2] via 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 [50/2] via 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 [50/2] via 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 208.250.42.0/24 auto-summary show running-config rip Display the current RIP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show running-config rip Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1406
timers basic Manipulate the RIP timers for routing updates, invalid, holddown times, and flush time. Z9500 Syntax timers basic update invalid holddown flush To return to the default settings, use the no timers basic command. Parameters Defaults update Enter the number of seconds to specify the rate at which RIP routing updates are sent. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 1407
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If you change the timers on one router, also synchronize the timers on all routers in the RIP domain. version Specify either RIP version 1 or RIP version 2. Z9500 Syntax version {1 | 2} To return to the default version setting, use the no version command.
PAGE 1408
Related Commands ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version the interface receives. ip rip send version — sets the RIP version the interface sends.
PAGE 1409
Remote Monitoring (RMON) 41 Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1410
interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. absolute Enter the keyword absolute to test each MIB variable directly. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table.
PAGE 1411
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface. Z9500 Syntax rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} [owner name] [buckets number] [interval seconds] To remove a specified RMON history group of statistics collection, use the no rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} command.
PAGE 1412
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection statistics Enable RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface. Z9500 Syntax rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} [owner name] To remove RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface, use the no rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} command.
PAGE 1413
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon event Add an event in the RMON event table. Z9500 Syntax rmon event number [log] [trap community] [description string] [owner name] To disable RMON on an interface, use the no rmon event number [log] [trap community] [description string] command. Parameters number Assign an event number in integer format from 1 to 65535. The number value must be unique in the RMON event table.
PAGE 1414
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon hc-alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object. Z9500 Syntax rmon hc-alarm number variable interval {delta | absolute} rising-threshold value event-number falling-threshold value event-number [owner string] To disable the alarm, use the no rmon hc-alarm number command.
PAGE 1415
fallingthreshold value event-number Enter the keywords falling-threshold then the value (64 bit) the falling-threshold alarm is either triggered or reset. Then enter the event-number to trigger when the falling threshold exceeds its limit. This value is the same as the alarmFallingEventIndex or the alarmTable of the RMON MIB. If there is no corresponding falling-threshold event, the value is zero. owner string (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner then the owner name to specify an owner for the alarm.
PAGE 1416
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show rmon RMON status total memory used 218840 bytes.
PAGE 1417
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell#show rmon alarm 1 RMON alarm entry 1 sample Interval: 5 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample type: absolute value. value: 255161 alarm type: rising or falling alarm.
PAGE 1418
show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show rmon events [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1419
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Dell# 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON High-Capacity alarm table in an easy-to-read format.
PAGE 1420
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell#show rmon hc-alarm 1 RMON high-capacity alarm entry 1 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample interval: 5 sample type: absolute value. value: 185638 alarm type: rising or falling alarm. alarm rising threshold value: positive. rising threshold: 1001, RMON event index: 1 alarm falling threshold value: positive. falling threshold: 999, RMON event index: 6 alarm sampling failed 0 times.
PAGE 1421
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1422
brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON log table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1423
Parameters index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet statistics table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1424
HC 64bytes packets: 0 HC 65-127 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 65-127 bytes packets: 0 HC 128-255 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 128-255 bytes packets: 0 HC 256-511 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 256-511 bytes packets: 0 HC 512-1023 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 Dell# Example (Brief) 1424 Dell#show rmon statistics br index ifIndex interface ------------------------------------------6001 100974631 TengigabitEthernet 2/0
PAGE 1425
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 42 The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority for RSTP. Z9500 Syntax bridge-priority priority-value To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command.
PAGE 1426
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. Z9500 Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu interface {in | out} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug the bridge protocol data units.
PAGE 1427
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu tengigabitethernet 2/0 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) description Enter a description of the rapid spanning tree.
PAGE 1428
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable RSTP globally on the system. Z9500 Syntax disable To enable Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults RSTP is disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1429
forward-delay Configure the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. Z9500 Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds that the system waits before transitioning RSTP to the forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1430
hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Z9500 Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds.
PAGE 1431
Related Commands forward-delay — changes the wait time before RSTP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before RSTP refreshes the protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the RSTP bridge. Z9500 Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command.
PAGE 1432
hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree rstp To configure RSTP, enter RSTP mode. Z9500 Syntax protocol spanning-tree rstp To exit RSTP mode, use the exit command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1433
show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1434
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example (Brief) 1434 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1435
Interface Name Role ----------Te 2/0 Desg Te 2/1 Desg Te 2/8 Root Te 2/9 Altr Dell# Example (EDS, LBK) PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ---- ------- --- ------- --------- ---128.418 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes 128.419 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes 128.426 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P No 128.427 128 20000 BLK 20000 P2P No NOTE: “LBK_INC” (bold) means Loopback BPDU Inconsistency. Dell#show spanning-tree rstp br Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1436
spanning-tree rstp Configure an RSTP interface with one of these settings: port cost, edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port priority, loop guard, or root guard. Z9500 Syntax Parameters spanning-tree rstp {cost port-cost | edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] | priority priority | {loopguard | rootguard}} cost port-cost Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
PAGE 1437
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the CSeries, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation options. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1438
switchport spanning-tree rstp edge-port no shutdown Dell# tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. Z9500 Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1439
Security 43 The commands in this chapter are available on the S5000 switch. This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1440
aaa authorization role-only Configure authentication to use the user’s role only when determining if access to commands is permitted. Syntax aaa authorization role-only To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication role-only command. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator).
PAGE 1441
role Changes command permissions for roles. Syntax role mode { { { addrole | deleterole } role-name } | reset } command To delete access to a command, use the no role mode role-name Parameters mode Enter one of the following keywords as the mode for which you are controlling access: configure for CONFIGURATION mode exec for EXEC mode interface for INTERFACE modes line for LINE mode route-map for Route-map mode router for Router mode addrole Enter the keyword addrole to add permission to the command.
PAGE 1442
Related Commands userrole show role Display information on permissions assigned to a command, including user role and/or permission level. Syntax Parameters show role mode {mode} {command} command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or all of the keywords. mode mode Enter keyword then one of the following modes.
PAGE 1443
show userroles Display information on all defined user roles. Syntax show userroles Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL.
PAGE 1444
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. Instead of using the system defined user roles, you can create a new user role that best matches your organization. When you create a new user role, you first inherit permissions from one of the system defined roles. Otherwise you would have to create a user role from scratch.
PAGE 1445
aaa accounting Enable AAA Accounting and create a record for monitoring the accounting function. Z9500 Syntax aaa accounting {system | exec | commands level | role rolename} {name | default}{start-stop | wait-start | stop-only} {tacacs+} To disable AAA Accounting, use the no aaa accounting {system | exec | command level} {name | default}{start-stop | wait-start | stoponly} {tacacs+} command. Parameters system Enter the keyword system to send accounting information of any other AAA configuration.
PAGE 1446
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1447
aaa accounting suppress Prevent the generation of accounting records of users with the user name value of NULL. Z9500 Syntax aaa accounting suppress null-username To permit accounting records to users with user name value of NULL, use the no aaa accounting suppress null-username command. Defaults Accounting records are recorded for all users. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1448
Parameters exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level accounting method list. commands {level | role role-name} Enter the keywords commands level to apply an EXEC and CONFIGURATION level accounting method list by enter the keyword role and then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role. method-list Enter a method list that you defined using the aaa accounting exec or aaa accounting commands.
PAGE 1449
show accounting Display the active accounting sessions for each online user. Z9500 Syntax show accounting Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1450
Authorization and Privilege Commands To set command line authorization and privilege levels, use the following commands. authorization Apply an authorization method list to terminal lines. Z9500 Syntax Parameters authorization {exec | commands {level | role role-name}} method-list exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level authorization method list.
PAGE 1451
Related Commands aaa authorization commands — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands aaa authorization exec — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands. aaa authorization commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands.
PAGE 1452
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS. aaa authorization config-commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands. Z9500 Syntax aaa authorization config-commands Disable authorization checking for CONFIGURATION level commands using the no aaa authorization config-commands command.
PAGE 1453
aaa authorization exec Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC-level commands. Z9500 Syntax aaa authorization exec {name | default} {local || tacacs+ || if-authenticated || none} To disable authorization checking for EXEC level commands, use the no aaa authorization exec command. Parameters name Define a name for the list of authorization methods. default Define the default list of authorization methods.
PAGE 1454
privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) Change the access or privilege level of one or more commands. Z9500 Syntax privilege mode {level level command | reset command} To delete access to a level and command, use the no privilege mode level level command command.
PAGE 1455
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To define a password for the level to which you are assigning privilege or access, use the enable password command. privilege level (LINE mode) Change the access level for users on the terminal lines. Z9500 Syntax privilege level level To delete access to a terminal line, use the no privilege level level command.
PAGE 1456
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Authentication and Password Commands To manage access to the system, use the following the commands. aaa authentication enable Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC privilege mode (the “Enable” access). Z9500 Syntax aaa authentication enable {default | method-list-name} method [... method2] To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication enable {default | method-list-name} method [... method2] command.
PAGE 1457
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the Enable password is used.
PAGE 1458
Parameters method-listname Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) as the name of a user-configured method list that can be applied to different lines. default Enter the keyword default to specify that the method list specified is the default method for all terminal lines. method Enter one of the following methods: ... method4 • enable: use the password the enable password command defines in CONFIGURATION mode. Not available if role-only is in use.
PAGE 1459
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the locally configured username password is used. If you configure aaa authentication login default, the system uses the methods this command defines for login instead. Methods configured with the aaa authentication login command are evaluated in the order they are configured. If users encounter an error with the first method listed, the system applies the next method configured.
PAGE 1460
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1461
Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router. password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. Defaults No password is configured. level = 15. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1462
enable restricted Allows Dell Networking technical support to access restricted commands. Z9500 Syntax enable restricted [encryption-type] password To disallow access to restricted commands, use the no enable restricted command. Parameters encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 as the encryption type. Enter 7 followed a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router.
PAGE 1463
enable secret Change the password for the enable command. Z9500 Syntax enable secret [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable secret [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15. encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 5 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 5 then a text string as the hidden password.
PAGE 1464
Usage Information To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: • Start with a letter, not a number. • Passwords can have a regular expression as the password. To create a password with a regular expression in it, use CNTL + v prior to entering regular expression. For example, to create the password abcd]e, you type “abcd CNTL v ]e”.
PAGE 1465
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you configure the aaa authentication login default command, the login authentication default command automatically is applied to all terminal lines.
PAGE 1466
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The software prompts users for these passwords when the method for authentication or authorization used is "line". Related Commands enable password — sets the password for the enable command.
PAGE 1467
lockout-period minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword lockout-period then the number of minutes. The range is from 1 to 1440 minutes. The default is 0 minutes and the lockout-period is not enabled. This parameter enhances the security of the switch by locking out sessions on the Telnet or SSH sessions for which there has been a consecutive failed login attempts. The console is not locked out.
PAGE 1468
Example In the following example, after 5 un-successful login attempts, the session (SSH/ TELNET) goes into a locked state for 5 minutes. If all the 10 sessions are locked out with 5 un-successful attempts in each session, no users can login during the lockout-period. Dell(conf)#password-attributes max-retry 5 lockout-period 5 Related Commands password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines. service password-encryption Encrypt all passwords configured in the system.
PAGE 1469
To keep unauthorized people from viewing passwords in the switch configuration file, use the service password-encryption command. This command encrypts the clear-text passwords created for user name passwords, authentication key passwords, the privileged command password, and console and virtual terminal line access passwords. To view passwords, use the show running-config command. show privilege View your access level.
PAGE 1470
show users Allows you to view information on all users logged into the switch, including privilege level and or user role. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show users [all] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all terminal lines in the switch. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1471
Example Field Description Location Displays the IP address of the user. Dell#show users Authorization Mode: Line 0 console 0 *3 vty 1 4 vty 2 Related Commands role or privilege User admin sec1 ml1 Role sysadmin secadmin netadmin Privilege 15 14 12 Host(s) Location idle idle 172.31.1.4 idle 172.31.1.5 username — enables a user. timeout login response Specify how long the software waits for the login input (for example, the user name and password) before timing out.
PAGE 1472
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The software measures the period of inactivity defined in this command as the period between consecutive keystrokes. For example, if your password is “password” you can enter “p” and wait 29 seconds to enter the next letter.
PAGE 1473
available with the secret option only, and is the default encryption type for this option. password Enter a string up to 32 characters long. privilege level Enter the keyword privilege then a number from zero (0) to 15. role role-name Enter the keyword role followed by the role name to associate with that user ID. secret Enter the keyword secret then the encryption type. Defaults The default encryption type for the password option is 0. The default encryption type for the secret option is 0.
PAGE 1474
RADIUS Commands The Dell Networking OS supports the following RADIUS commands. debug radius View RADIUS transactions to assist with troubleshooting. Z9500 Syntax debug radius To disable debugging of RADIUS, use the no debug radius command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1475
• For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1476
Defaults 0 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.
PAGE 1477
key [encryptiontype] key (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key then an optional encryption-type and a string up to 42 characters long as the authentication key. The RADIUS host server uses this authentication key and the RADIUS daemon operating on this switch. For the encryption-type, enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • • 0 is the default and means the password is not encrypted and stored as clear text. 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden.
PAGE 1478
Related Commands login authentication — sets the database to be checked when a user logs in. radius-server key — sets an authentication key for RADIUS communications. radius-server retransmit — sets the number of times the RADIUS server attempts to send information. radius-server timeout — sets the time interval before the RADIUS server times out. radius-server key Configure a key for all RADIUS communications between the switch and the RADIUS host server.
PAGE 1479
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The key configured on the switch must match the key configured on the RADIUS server daemon. If you configure the key parameter in the radius-server host command, the key configured with the radius-server key command is the default key for all RADIUS communications. Related Commands radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host.
PAGE 1480
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. radius-server timeout To reply to a request, configure the amount of time the RADIUS client (the switch) waits for a RADIUS host server . Z9500 Syntax radius-server timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no radius-server timeout command.
PAGE 1481
TACACS+ Commands The Dell Networking OS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication. debug tacacs+ To assist with troubleshooting, view TACACS+ transactions. Z9500 Syntax debug tacacs+ To disable debugging of TACACS+, use the no debug tacacs+ command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1482
• For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1483
timeout seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timeout then the number of seconds the switch waits for a reply from the TACACS+ server. The range is from 0 to 1000. The default is 10 seconds. key key (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key then a string up to 42 characters long as the authentication key. This authentication key must match the key specified in the tacacs-server key for the TACACS+ daemon. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1484
tacacs-server key Configure a key for communication between a TACACS+ server and a client. Z9500 Syntax tacacs-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a key, use the no tacacs-server key key command. Parameters encryptiontype key (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden.
PAGE 1485
Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports RADIUS and Active Directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 1486
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x authentication (Interface) — enables dot1x on an interface. dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level.
PAGE 1487
dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication. Z9500 Syntax dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts then number of attempts desired before authentication fails.
PAGE 1488
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Z9500 Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1489
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. 802.1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch. If the host fails to respond within a designated amount of time, the authenticator places the port in the guest VLAN.
PAGE 1490
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, enter the no dot1x mac-authbypass command.
PAGE 1491
Related Commands interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | forceunauthorized} forceauthorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly deauthorize a port.
PAGE 1492
To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1493
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized.
PAGE 1494
dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. Z9500 Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1495
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1496
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X information on an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show dot1x interface interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1497
Untagged VLAN id: Guest VLAN: Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Auth Type: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# None Enable 10 Enable 11 3 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Initialize Initialize SSH Server and SCP Commands The Dell Networking OS supports secure shell (SSH) protocol versions 1.5 and 2.0.
PAGE 1498
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Added support for FIPS mode on the S4810. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1499
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL.
PAGE 1500
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Debug information includes details for key-exchange, authentication, and established session for each connection. ip scp topdir Identify a location for files used in secure copy transfer. Z9500 Syntax ip scp topdir directory To return to the default setting, use the no ip scp topdir command. Parameters directory Enter a directory name.
PAGE 1501
ip ssh authentication-retries Configure the maximum number of attempts that should be used to authenticate a user. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip ssh authentication-retries 1-10 1-10 Enter the number of maximum retries to authenticate a user. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 3. Defaults 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1502
Defaults 10 per minute Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1503
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you enable this command, clients can log in without a password prompt. This command provides two levels of authentication: • rhost-authentication is done with the file specified in the ip ssh rhostfile command.
PAGE 1504
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The server-generated key is used for SSHv1 key-exchange. ip ssh password-authentication Enable password authentication for the SSH server. Z9500 Syntax ip ssh password-authentication enable To disable password-authentication, use the no ip ssh passwordauthentication enable command.
PAGE 1505
Usage Information With password authentication enabled, you can authenticate using the local, RADIUS, or TACACS+ password fallback order as configured. ip ssh pub-key-file Specify the file used for host-based authentication. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip ssh pub-key-file {WORD} WORD Enter the file name for the host-based authentication. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1506
NOTE: For rhostfile and pub-key-file, the administrator must FTP the file to the chassis. Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh pub-key-file flash://knownhosts Dell(conf)# Related Commands show ip ssh client-pub-keys — displays the client-public keys used for the hostbased authentication. ip ssh rekey Configures the time rekey-interval or volume rekey-limit threshold at which to re-generate the SSH key during an SSH session.
PAGE 1507
ip ssh rhostsfile Specify the rhost file used for host-based authorization. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip ssh rhostsfile {WORD} WORD Enter the rhost file name for the host-based authentication. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1508
ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) Enable RSA authentication for the SSHv2 server. Z9500 Syntax ip ssh rsa-authentication enable To disable RSA authentication, use the no ip ssh rsa-authentication enable command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable RSA authentication for the SSHv2 server. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1509
ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) Add keys for the RSA authentication. Z9500 Syntax ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys WORD} To delete the authorized keys, use the no ip ssh rsa-authentication {myauthorized-keys} command. Parameters myauthorizedkeys WORD Enter the keywords my-authorized-keys then the filename of the RSA authorized-keys. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1510
ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) — enables RSA authentication. ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. The SSH server is enabled by default. Z9500 Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative.
PAGE 1511
by the SSH server for keying hashing for the message authentication. The following HMAC algorithms are available: • hmac-sha1 • hmac-sha1-96 • hmac-sha2-256 • hmac-sha2-256-96 When FIPS is enabled, the default HMAC algorithm is hmacsha1-96.
PAGE 1512
NOTE: If you enable FIPS mode, you can only select version 2. Defaults • Default listening port is 22. • Default cipher list is 3des-cbc,aes128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc,aes128ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr. • When FIPS is enabled, the default is hmac-sha1-96. • When FIPS is not enabled, the default is hmac-md5,hmac-md5-96,hmacsha1,hmac-sha1-96,hmac-sha2-256,hmac-sha2-256-96. • When FIPS is enabled, the default is diffie-hellman-group14-sha1.
PAGE 1513
Related Commands show ip ssh — displays the ssh information. ip ssh source-interface Specifies an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for an outgoing SSH connections. Z9500 Syntax ip ssh source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip ssh source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1514
Example Dell(conf)#ip ssh source-interface tengigabitethernet 0/36 Dell(conf)#do ssh 10.10.10.2 -l admin Dell(conf)#no ip ssh source-interface show crypto Display the public part of the SSH host-keys. Z9500 Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. show crypto key mypubkey {rsa | rsa1} Parameters Key Enter the keyword key to display the host public key.
PAGE 1515
Example Dell#show crypto key mypubkey rsa ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAtzkZME/ e8V8smnXR22EJGQhCMkEOkuisa+OILVoMYU1ZKGfj0W5BPCSvF/ x5ifqYFFwUzJNOcsJK7vjSsnmMhChF2YSvXlvTJ6h971FJAQlOsgd0ycpocsF +DNLKfJnx7SAjhakFQMwG g/g78ZkDT3Ydr8KKjfSI4Bg/WS8B740= Dell#show crypto key mypubkey rsa1 1024 35 131060015480873398953257515397249657850072206444294963674080935 6830889610203172266 798895675496676526500637962218977992760927852363883922305508181 9166009928132616408 664345774602219229518903992966334579117374224
PAGE 1516
Example Related Commands Dell#sh ip ssh SSH server : SSH server version : Password Authentication : Hostbased Authentication : RSA Authentication : Vty Encryption HMAC 1 3des-cbc hmac-md5 2 3des-cbc hmac-md5 enabled. v1 and v2. enabled. disabled. disabled. Remote IP 10.1.20.48 10.1.20.48 ip ssh server — configures an SSH server. show ip ssh client-pub-keys — displays the client-public keys. show ip ssh client-pub-keys Display the client public keys used in host-based authentication.
PAGE 1517
ds= ashwani@poclab4 Dell# Related Commands ip ssh pub-key-file — configures the filename for the host-based authentication. show ip ssh rsa-authentication Display the authorized-keys for the RSA authentication. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys} myauthorizedkeys Display the RSA authorized keys. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1518
Related Commands ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) — configures the RSA authorized keys. ssh Open an SSH connection specifying the hostname, username, encryption cipher, HMAC algorithm, port number, and version of the SSH client. Z9500 Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative.
PAGE 1519
• aes128-cbc • aes192-cbc • aes256-cbc • aes128-ctr • aes192-ctr • aes256-ctr -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l then the user name used in this SSH session. The default is the user name of the user associated with the terminal. -m HMAC algorithm Enter one of the following HMAC algorithms to use. (For v2 clients only): "no fips mode enable"(disable) will support v1 & v2 client.
PAGE 1520
Version Description • aes256-ctr • hmac-sha2-256 • hmac-sha2-256-96 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the -c and -m parameters on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 support. Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1521
clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. Z9500 Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1522
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP Snooping globally. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1523
ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History [no] ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan-id vlan-id ip ip-address interface type slot/port lease number mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094.
PAGE 1524
Related Commands show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip dhcp snooping database write-delay minutes minutes The range is from 5 to 21600. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1525
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1526
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan name name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1527
show ip dhcp snooping Display the contents of the DHCP binding table. Z9500 Syntax show ip dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Security Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1528
44 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel.
PAGE 1529
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. in | out | both Enter the keyword in, out, or both to debug incoming interfaces, outgoing interfaces, or both incoming and outgoing interfaces.
PAGE 1530
Parameters rate-limit rate Enter the keyword rate-limit followed by a number for the rate-limit for tunneled packets on the VMAN. The range is from 64 to 320. stp Enter the keyword stp to enable protocol tunneling on a spanning tree, including STP, MSTP, RSTP, and PVST. Defaults none Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1531
Defaults The default destination MAC is 01:01:e8:00:00:00. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.
PAGE 1532
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced The system must have the default CAM profile with the default microcode before you enable L2PT. protocol-tunnel rate-limit Enable traffic rate limiting per box. Z9500 Syntax protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate To reset the rate limit to the default, use the no protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate command.
PAGE 1533
Example Dell# Dell#conf Dell(conf)#protocol-tunnel rate-limit 1000 Dell(conf)# Related Commands show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. show running-config — displays the current configuration. show protocol-tunnel Display protocol tunnel information for all or a specified VLAN-Stack VLAN. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show protocol-tunnel [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display information for the one VLAN.
PAGE 1534
1004 1005 OAM,PAUSE E-LMI Te 1/7,Te 1/6 Te 1/7,Te 1/6 Example (Specific VLAN) Dell#show protocol-tunnel vlan 2 System Rate-Limit: 1000 Frames/second Interface Vlan Protocol(s) Te1/2 2 STP, PVST Dell# Related Commands show running-config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 1535
sFlow 45 sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1536
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. Z9500 Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipaddress | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] command.
PAGE 1537
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.2.3 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.4.1.1 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.
PAGE 1538
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.
PAGE 1539
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. When you enable sFlow on an interface, flow sampling is done on any traffic going out of the interface.
PAGE 1540
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1541
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1542
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command sets the counter polling interval for an interface.
PAGE 1543
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Sample-rate is the average number of packets skipped before the sample is taken.
PAGE 1544
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1545
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1546
show sflow linecard Display sFlow information for a line card. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show sflow linecard slot-id slot number • • Enter a slot number to view information on the line-card ports in that slot. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1547
UDP packets exported via RPM UDP packets dropped Dell# sFlow :0 :0 1547
PAGE 1548
46 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. The chapter contains the following sections: • SNMP Commands • Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking operating software.
PAGE 1549
show snmp Display the status of SNMP network elements. Z9500 Syntax show snmp Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 1550
show snmp engineID Display the identification of the local SNMP engine and all remote engines that are configured on the router. Z9500 Syntax show snmp engineID Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1551
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1552
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1553
IF-MIB::ifAlias.134792448 = STRING: !----command run on Force10 switch:-----------! Dell#snmp ifmib ifalias long !----command run on server connected to switch:------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. IF-MIB::ifAlias.
PAGE 1554
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1555
Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard snmp-ro-acl Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 5 permit host 10.10.10.224 Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 10 deny any count ! Dell(conf)#snmp-server community guest ro snmp-ro-acl Dell(conf)# Related Commands ip access-list standard — names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on IP address. ipv6 access-list — configures an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. show running-config — displays the current SNMP configuration and defaults.
PAGE 1556
snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notificationoption] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [notificationtype] [notification-option] command. Parameters notificationtype notificationoption Enter the type of notification from the following list: • bgp — Enable notification of changes in the BGP process. • config — Enable notification of changes to startup or running configuration.
PAGE 1557
• authentication • coldstart • linkdown • linkup Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Added support for copy-config and ecmp traps. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1558
snmp-server engineID Configure the name for both the local and remote SNMP engines on the router. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address udpport port-number engineID] To return to the default, use the no snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address udp-port port-number engineID] command. Parameters local engineID Enter the keyword local followed by the engine ID number that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the local device.
PAGE 1559
Usage Information Changing the value of the SNMP Engine ID has important side effects. A user’s password (entered on the command line) is converted to a message digest algorithm (MD5) or secure hash algorithm (SHA) security digest. This digest is based on both the password and the local Engine ID. The command line password is then destroyed, as required by RFC 2274.
PAGE 1560
auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet. read name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword read then a name (a string of up to 20 characters long) as the read view name. The default is GlobalView and is assumed to be every object belonging to the internet (1.3.6.
PAGE 1561
Usage Information The following Example specifies the group named harig as a version 3 user requiring both authentication and encryption and read access limited to the read named rview. NOTE: The number of configurable groups is limited to 16 groups. Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)# snmp-server group harig 3 priv read rview Dell# Related Commands show snmp group — displays the group name, security model, view status, and storage type of each group.
PAGE 1562
• Version 2c allows transmission of informs and counter 64, which allows for integers twice the width of what is normally allowed. The default is version 1. auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet.
PAGE 1563
Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Added support for config and ecmp traps. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1564
NOTE: For v1 / v2c trap configuration, if the community-string is not defined using the snmp-server community command prior to using this command, the default form of the snmp-server community command automatically is configured with the community-name the same as specified in the snmpserver host command. Configuring Informs To send an inform, use the following steps: Related Commands 1. Configure a remote engine ID. 2. Configure a remote user. 3. Configure a group for this user with access rights.
PAGE 1565
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Example Dell(conf)#snmp-server location MAA_LAB Dell(conf)#do show running-config snmp ! snmp-server community public ro snmp-server location MAA_LAB Related Commands show running-config snmp — displays the SNMP running configuration. snmp-server packetsize Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted.
PAGE 1566
snmp-server trap-source Configure a specific interface as the source for SNMP traffic. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server trap-source interface To disable sending traps out a specific interface, use the no snmp trap-source command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1567
snmp-server user Configure a new user to an SNMP group.
PAGE 1568
md5 | sha (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword md5 or sha to designate the authentication level. • md5 — Message Digest Algorithm • sha — Secure Hash Algorithm auth-password (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) password that enables the agent to receive packets from the host. Minimum: eight characters long. priv des56 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords priv des56 to initiate a privacy authentication level setting using the CBC-DES privacy authentication algorithm (des56).
PAGE 1569
Usage Information NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP. TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP. In IPv6 ACLs port rules are not valid for SNMP. No default values exist for authentication or privacy algorithms and no default password exists. If you forget a password, you cannot recover it; the user must be reconfigured. You can specify either a plain-text password or an encrypted cyphertext password.
PAGE 1570
oid-tree Enter the OID sub tree for the view (not to exceed 20 characters). included (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword included to include the MIB family in the view. excluded (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword excluded to exclude the MIB family in the view. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1571
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1572
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. show logging — displays logging settings and system messages in the internal buffer. clear logging auditlog Clears audit log. Syntax clear logging auditlog Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1573
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. logging buffered — sets the logging buffered parameters. default logging console Return the default settings for messages logged to the console.
PAGE 1574
default logging monitor Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal. Z9500 Syntax default logging monitor Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1575
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. logging trap — limit messages logged to the Syslog servers based on severity. logging Configure an IP address or host name of a Syslog server where logging messages are sent. Multiple logging servers of both IPv4 and/or IPv6 can be configured.
PAGE 1576
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added udp and tcp keywords for the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added udp and tcp keywords for the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1577
Defaults level = 7; size = 40960 bytes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1578
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1579
Usage Information This command is available with or without RBAC enabled. When RBAC is enabled you can restrict access to audit and security logs based on the CLI sessions’ user roles. If extended logging is disabled, you can only view system events, regardless of RBAC user role. When you enabled RBAC and extended logging: • Only the system administrator role can execute this command. • The system administrator and system security administrator roles can view security events and system events.
PAGE 1580
• sys9 (system use) • sys10 (system use) • sys11 (system use) • sys12 (system use) • sys13 (system use) • sys14 (system use) • syslog (Syslog process) • user (user process) • uucp (Unix to Unix copy process) The default is local7. Defaults local7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1581
Parameters level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following equivalent words: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 4 or warnings. Defaults warnings or 4 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1582
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1583
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. default logging monitor — returns the logging monitor parameters to the default setting. logging on Specify that debug or error messages are asynchronously logged to multiple destinations, such as the logging buffer, Syslog server, or terminal lines.
PAGE 1584
logging buffered — sets the logging buffered parameters. logging console — sets the logging console parameters. logging monitor — sets the logging parameters for the terminal connections. logging source-interface Specify that the IP address of an interface is the source IP address of Syslog packets sent to the Syslog server. Z9500 Syntax logging source-interface interface To disable this command and return to the default setting, use the no logging source-interface command.
PAGE 1585
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Syslog messages contain the IP address of the interface used to egress the router. By configuring the logging source-interface command, the Syslog packets contain the IP address of the interface configured.
PAGE 1586
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When you enable logging synchronous, unsolicited messages appear between software prompts and outputs. Only the messages with a severity at or below the set level are sent to the console.
PAGE 1587
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series, S55. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To block a type of message parameter, set the logging trap level to a lower number. For example, to block severity messages at level 6, set the level to 5. Related Commands logging — enables the logging to another device.
PAGE 1588
Example Dell(conf)#logging version ? <0-1> Select syslog version (default = 0) Dell(conf)#logging version 1 show logging Display the logging settings and system messages logged to the internal buffer of the switch. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show logging [number | history [reverse][number] | reverse [number] | summary] number (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of messages displayed in the output. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 1589
Trap logging: level informational Logging to 172.16.1.162 Logging to 10.10.10.4 Logging to 10.1.2.4 Logging to 172.31.1.4 Logging to 133.33.33.4 Feb 18 01:17:32: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 01:17:31: %SYSTEM:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_DN: Changed interface Admin state to down: Fo 2/0 Feb 18 01:17:24: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.
PAGE 1590
saving level warnings or higher SNMP notifications not Enabled Feb 18 01:16:57: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-3AUTHENTICATION_ENABLE_SUCCESS: Enable password authentication success on vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) show logging auditlog Displays an audit log. Syntax show logging auditlog Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1591
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Examples Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1592
show logging kernellog Display the kernel log for the specified hardware component. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show logging kernellog {cp | rp | linecard slot-id} cp Enter the keyword cp to display the kernel log for the Control Processor on the switch. rp Enter the keyword cp to display the kernel log for the Route Processor on the switch. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card ports for which you want to display the kernel log.
PAGE 1593
00:00:43:418687:PCI BCM56852_A2, Driver 00:00:43:418702:PCI BCM56852_A2, Driver 00:00:43:418718:PCI BCM56852_A2, Driver 00:00:43:418732:PCI BCM56636_B0, Driver unit 3: Dev BCM56850_A0 unit 4: Dev BCM56850_A0 unit 5: Dev BCM56850_A0 unit 6: Dev BCM56634_B0 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip 0xb636, Rev 0x11, Chip Dell#show logging kernellog rp 00:00:01:918834:ahcisata0 port 0: device present, speed: 6.
PAGE 1594
iic at : 17 1d 02:28:50:447933:qsfp-1 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 16 1d 02:28:50:455505:qsfp-2 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 15 1d 02:28:50:463233:qsfp-3 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 14 1d 02:28:50:470881:qsfp-6 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 24 1d 02:28:50:478591:qsfp-7 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 23 1d 02:28:50:493790:qsfp-11 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 18 1d 02:30:50:675435:qsfp-0 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at
PAGE 1595
Related Commands logging monitor — sets the logging parameters on the monitor/terminal.
PAGE 1596
47 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating system. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP NONE SNMP NONE %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
PAGE 1597
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option SNMP NONE SNMP NONE NONE NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_PWRSRC_DOWN ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY %SYSTEM-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMON falling threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_HC_RISHING_THRESHOLD %SYSTEM-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_HC_RISING_THRESHOLD: RMON high-capacity rising threshold alarm from SNMP OI
PAGE 1598
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN %CHMGR-5-MINOR_PS_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: power supply redundant CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP %CHMGR-2-MINOR_TEMP: Minor alarm: chassis temperature CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP_CLR %CHMRG-5-MINOR_TEMP_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: chassis temperature normal (%s %d temperature is within threshold of %dC) CHM_MAJ_ALRM_TEMP %CHMGR-2-MAJOR_TEMP: Major alarm: chassis temperature high (%s temper
PAGE 1599
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE %CHMGR-5-FANOK: Minor alarm cleared: all fans in fan tray are good TME_TASK_SUSPEND %TME-2-TASK SUSPENDED: SUSPENDED - svce:%d - inst: %d - task:%s TME_TASK_TERM %TME-2-ABNORMAL_TASK_TERMINATION: CRASH - task:%s %s CHM_CPU_THRESHOLD %CHMGR-5-CPU_THRESHOLD: Cpu %s usage above threshold.
PAGE 1600
48 Storm Control The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and SSeries). Important Points to Remember • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported). • An INTERFACE-level command only supports storm control configuration on ingress.
PAGE 1601
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1602
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1603
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1604
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Broadcast storm control is valid on Layer 2/Layer 3 interfaces only. Layer 2 broadcast traffic is treated as unknown-unicast traffic.
PAGE 1605
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. storm-control multicast (Configuration) Configure the packets per second (pps) of multicast traffic allowed into the C-Series and S-Series networks only.
PAGE 1606
some multicast control traffic may get dropped when storm control thresholds are exceeded. storm-control multicast (Interface) Configure the percentage of multicast traffic allowed on an C-Series or S-Series interface (ingress only) network only. Z9500 Syntax storm-control multicast packets_per_second in To disable multicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control multicast packets_per_second in command.
PAGE 1607
To disable storm control for unknown-unicast traffic, use the no storm-control unknown-unicast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1608
Parameters percentage decimal_value [in | out] E-Series Only: Enter the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in or out of the network. Optionally, you can designate a decimal value percentage, for example, 55.5%. The percentage is from 0 to 100: • 0% blocks all related traffic. • 100% allows all traffic into the interface. The decimal range is from 0.1 to 0.9. wred-profile name E-Series Only: (Optionally) Enter the keywords wredprofile followed by the profile name to designate a wredprofile.
PAGE 1609
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) 49 The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP). bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters bpdu-destination-mac-address [xstp | gvrp] provider-bridgegroup xstp Force STP, RSTP, and MSTP to use the Provider Bridge Group address as the destination MAC address in its BPDUs.
PAGE 1610
bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. Z9500 Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 32768. primary Enter the keyword primary to designate the bridge as the root bridge.
PAGE 1611
To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree command. Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). The switch supports one spanning tree group with a group ID of 0. protocol Enter the keyword for the type of STP to debug, either mstp, pvst, or rstp. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug bridge protocol data units. config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug configuration information.
PAGE 1612
description Enter a description of the spanning tree. Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description from the spanning tree, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the spanning tree (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-stp”.) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1613
Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1614
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs.
PAGE 1615
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the spanning tree bridge.
PAGE 1616
Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree To enable and configure the spanning tree group, enter SPANNING TREE mode.
PAGE 1617
Usage Information STP is not enabled when you enter SPANNING TREE mode. To enable STP globally on the switch, use the no disable command from SPANNING TREE mode. Example Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree 0 Dell(config-stp)# Related Commands disable — disables spanning tree group 0. To enable spanning tree group 0, use the no disable command. show config Display the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values display.
PAGE 1618
show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree 0 [active | brief | guard | interface interface | root | summary] 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific spanning tree group. active (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword active to display only active interfaces in spanning tree group 0.
PAGE 1619
Usage Information Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series ExaScale. 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the CSeries, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Enable spanning tree group 0 prior to using this command. The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 command shown in the example.
PAGE 1620
Example Field Description “Designated port...” Displays the designated port ID. Dell#show spanning-tree 0 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.0a56 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of the spanning tree Current root has priority 32768 address 0001.e800.
PAGE 1621
-------------- ------ ---- ---- --- ----- -----------------Te 1/1 8.26 8 4 FWD 0 32768 0001.e800.0a56 8.26 Te 1/2 8.27 8 4 FWD 0 32768 0001.e800.0a56 8.27 Te 1/3 8.28 8 4 FWD 0 32768 0001.e800.0a56 8.28 Dell# Usage Information Example (Guard) The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 guard command shown in the example. Field Description Interface Name STP interface. Instance STP 0 instance.
PAGE 1622
portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-onviol ation]] Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the optional keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU. Enter the optional keyword shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. priority priority Enter keyword priority then a number as the priority. The range is from zero (0) to 15. The default is 8.
PAGE 1623
STP loop guard and root guard are supported on a port or port-channel enabled in any Spanning Tree mode: Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), and Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+). Root guard is supported on any STP-enabled port or port-channel except when used as a stacking port. When enabled on a port, root guard applies to all VLANs configured on the port. STP root guard and loop guard cannot be enabled at the same time on a port.
PAGE 1624
System Time and Date 50 The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. calendar set Set the time and date for the switch hardware clock.
PAGE 1625
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can change the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year. In the switch, the hardware clock is separate from the software and is called the calendar. This hardware clock runs continuously.
PAGE 1626
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. In the switch, the hardware clock is separate from the software and is called the calendar. This hardware clock runs continuously.
PAGE 1627
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1628
start-day Enter the number of the day. The range is from 1 to 31. You can enter the name of a month to change the order of the display to time day month year. start-year Enter a four-digit number as the year. The range is from 1993 to 2035. start-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-day Enter the number of the day. The range is from 1 to 31.
PAGE 1629
show clock — displays the current clock settings. clock summer-time recurring Set the software clock to convert to daylight saving time on a specific day each year. Z9500 Syntax clock summer-time time-zone recurring [start-week start-day start-month start-time end-week end-day end-month end-time [offset]] To delete a daylight saving time zone configuration, use the no clock summertime command. Parameters System Time and Date time-zone Enter the three-letter name for the time zone.
PAGE 1630
end-day Enter the weekday name that you want daylight saving time to end. Enter the weekdays using the three letter abbreviations; for example Sun, Sat, Mon, and so on. The range is from Sun to Sat. end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes:seconds. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15:00 is 5:15 pm. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. The range is from 1 to 1440.
PAGE 1631
clock timezone Configure a timezone for the switch. Z9500 Syntax clock timezone timezone-name offset To delete a timezone configuration, use the no clock timezone command. Parameters timezonename Enter the name of the timezone. You cannot use spaces. offset Enter one of the following: • a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours in addition to universal time coordinated (UTC) for the timezone. • a minus sign (-) then a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1632
debug ntp Display network time protocol (NTP) transactions and protocol messages for troubleshooting. Z9500 Syntax debug ntp {adjust | all | authentication | events | loopfilter | packets | select | sync} To disable debugging of NTP transactions, use the no debug ntp {adjust | all | authentication | events | loopfilter | packets | select | sync} command. Parameters adjust Enter the keyword adjust to display information on NTP clock adjustments.
PAGE 1633
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp authenticate Enable authentication of NTP traffic between the switch and the NTP time serving hosts. Z9500 Syntax ntp authenticate To disable NTP authentication, use the no ntp authentication command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1634
ntp authentication-key Specify a key for authenticating the NTP server. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ntp authentication-key number md5 [0 | 7] key number Specify a number for the authentication key. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. This number must be the same as the number parameter configured in the ntp trusted-key command. md5 Specify that the authentication key is encrypted using MD5 encryption algorithm. 0 Specify that authentication key is entered in an unencrypted format (default).
PAGE 1635
version 8.2.1.0, the system uses DES encryption to store the key in the startupconfig when you enter the ntp authentication-key command. Therefore, if your system boots with a startup-configuration from a version prior to 8.2.1.0 in which you have configured ntp authentication-key, the system cannot correctly decrypt the key, and cannot authenticate NTP packets. In this case you must re-enter this command and save the running-config to the startup-config.
PAGE 1636
ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. Z9500 Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command. Defaults Disabled (that is, if you configure an NTP host, all interfaces receive NTP packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1637
• 224.0.1.1 is configured if the interface address is IPv4 • ff05::101 is configured if the interface address is IPv6 Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1638
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1639
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1640
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The number parameter in the ntp trusted-key command must be the same number as the number parameter in the ntp authentication-key command.
PAGE 1641
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show calendar Display the current date and time based on the switch hardware clock. Z9500 Syntax show calendar Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1642
show clock Display the current clock settings. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show clock [detail] detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view the source information of the clock. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1643
show ntp associations Display the NTP master and peers. Z9500 Syntax show ntp associations Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information System Time and Date Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1644
Field Description poll Displays the polling interval (in seconds). reach Displays the reachability to the peer (in octal bitstream). delay Displays the time interval or delay for a packet to complete a round-trip to the NTP time source (in milliseconds). offset Displays the relative time of the NTP peer’s clock to the switch clock (in milliseconds). disp Displays the dispersion.
PAGE 1645
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ntp status command shown in the Example below. Field Description “Clock is...” States whether or not the switch clock is synchronized, which NTP stratum the system is assigned and the IP address of the NTP peer. “frequency is...
PAGE 1646
51 Tunneling Commands Tunnel interfaces create a logical tunnel for IPv4 or IPv6 traffic. You can configure DCSP, hop-limits and flow-labels. To enable a tunnel interface, use the following commands. ip unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv4 address and specify the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address. Z9500 Syntax ip unnumbered {interface-type slot/port} To set the tunnel back to default logical address use the no ip unnumbered command.
PAGE 1647
NOTE: The ip unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface status is not changed to operationally up until the logical IP address is identified from the address family. ipv6 unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv6 address and specify the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address.
PAGE 1648
tunnel allow-remote Configure the remote IPv4 or IPv6 addresses whose tunneled packets are accepted for decapsulation. If you do not configure an allow-remote address, tunneled packets from all remote peer addresses are accepted. Z9500 Syntax tunnel allow-remote {ip-address | ipv6-address} [mask] To delete a configured allow-remote entry, enter the no tunnel allow-remote command and specify a configured IPv4/IPv6 address and mask value.
PAGE 1649
tunnel destination Set a destination endpoint for the tunnel. Z9500 Syntax tunnel destination {ip-address | ipv6–address} To delete a tunnel destination address, use the no tunnel destination {ipaddress | ipv6–address} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the destination IPv4 address for the tunnel. ipv6-address Enter the destination IPv6 address for the tunnel. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1650
Parameters mapped Enter the keyword mapped to map IPv6 traffic class/IPv4 DSCP to the IPv4 DCSP\IPv6 traffic class. This option copies the IPv6 traffic class/IPv4 DSCP in the encapsulated packet to the tunnel header. value Enter a value to set the DSCP value in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 63. The default value of 0 denotes mapped traffic. Defaults 0 (Mapped using IPv6 traffic) Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1651
Defaults 0 (Mapped using original packet flow-label value to the tunnel header flow-label value.) Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
PAGE 1652
Usage Information A value of 0 copies the inner packet hop limit (IPv6) or time-to-live (IPv4) in the encapsulated packet to the tunnel header hop limit value. tunnel mode Enable a tunnel interface. Z9500 Syntax tunnel mode {ipip | ipv6 | ipv6ip} To disable an active tunnel interface, use the no tunnel mode command. Parameters ipip Enable tunnel in RFC 2003 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv4 tunnel.
PAGE 1653
tunnel source Set a source address for the tunnel. Z9500 Syntax tunnel source {ip-address | ipv6–address | interface-typenumber } To delete the current tunnel source address, use the no tunnel source command. Parameters ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6-address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. interface-typenumber • For a 1–Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1654
address on the selected interface. To change the selected address, reload or recreate the tunnel or remove the selected address from the interface.
PAGE 1655
Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) 52 Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link. clear ufd-disable Re-enable one or more downstream interfaces on the switch/router that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state so that an interface can send and receive traffic.
PAGE 1656
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. • uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
PAGE 1657
Related Commands clear ufd-disable — re-enables downstream interfaces that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state. description Enter a text description of an uplink-state group. Z9500 Syntax Parameters description text text Text description of the uplink-state group. The maximum length is 80 alphanumeric characters. Defaults none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1658
To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no downstream interface command.
PAGE 1659
Related Commands • upstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as an upstream interface. • uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. downstream auto-recover Enable auto-recovery so that UFD-disabled downstream ports in an uplink-state group automatically come up when a disabled upstream port in the group comes back up.
PAGE 1660
downstream disable links Configure the number of downstream links in the uplink-state group that are disabled if one upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down. Z9500 Syntax downstream disable links {number |all} To revert to the default setting, use the no downstream disable links command. Parameters number Enter the number of downstream links to be brought down by UFD. The range is from 1 to 1024. all Brings down all downstream links in the group.
PAGE 1661
enable Enable uplink state group tracking for a specific UFD group. Z9500 Syntax enable To disable upstream-link tracking without deleting the uplink-state group, use the no enable command. Defaults Upstream-link tracking is automatically enabled in an uplink-state group. Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1662
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
PAGE 1663
Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
PAGE 1664
Related Commands • show running-config uplink-state-group — displays the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. • uplink-state-group — create an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enable the tracking of upstream links on a switch/ router. Z9500 Syntax uplink-state-group group-id To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no uplink-state-group group-id command.
PAGE 1665
To disable upstream-link tracking without deleting the uplink-state group, use the no enable command in uplink-state-group configuration mode. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#uplink-state-group 16 Dell(conf-uplink-state-group-16)#Dec 3 00:46:45: %SYSTEM:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_UP: Changed uplink state group Admin state to up: Group 16 • show running-config uplink-state-group — displays the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups.
PAGE 1666
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both.
PAGE 1667
VLAN Stacking 53 With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. For more information about basic VLAN commands, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
PAGE 1668
member Assign a stackable VLAN access or trunk port to a VLAN. The VLAN must contain the vlan-stack compatible command in its configuration. Z9500 Syntax member interface To remove an interface from a Stackable VLAN, use the no member interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1669
vlan-stack access Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as an access port to the stackable VLAN network. Z9500 Syntax vlan-stack access To remove access port designation, use the no vlan-stack access command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1670
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 1671
vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts. Z9500 Syntax Parameters vlan-stack dot1p-mapping c-tag-dot1p values sp-tag-dot1p value c-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword c-tag-dot1p then the customer dot1p value that is mapped to a service provider do1p value. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1672
Defaults 0x9100 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 1673
vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. Z9500 Syntax vlan-stack trunk To remove a trunk port designation from the selected interface, use the no vlanstack trunk command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1674
In Example 2, the tag protocol identifier (TPID) is set to 8848. The “Te 2/10” port is configured to act as a VLAN-Stack access port, while the “Te 1/0” port acts as a VLAN-Stack trunk port, switching stackable VLAN traffic for VLAN 10, while also switching untagged traffic for VLAN 30 and tagged traffic for VLAN 40. (To allow VLAN 30 traffic, the native VLAN feature is required, by executing the portmode hybrid command. Refer to portmode hybrid in Interfaces.
PAGE 1675
Dell(config)#interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vlan)#member Te 0/0, Te 1/0, Te 2/10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 30 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#untagged TenGi 1/0 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)# Dell(config)#interface vlan 40 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#tagged TenGi 1/0 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)# VLAN Stacking 1675
PAGE 1676
54 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1677
ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format. interval seconds Enter the keyword interval to specify the time interval to send hello messages. The range is from 1 to 5 seconds. The default is 1 second. Defaults 1 second Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1678
ndp Clear the VLT statistics for NDP. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.
PAGE 1679
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only.
PAGE 1680
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.
PAGE 1681
multicast peer-routing timeout Configure the time for a VLT node to retain synced multicast routes or synced multicast outgoing interface (OIF) after a VLT peer node failure. Z9500 Syntax multicast peer-routing timeout value To restore the default value, use the no multicast peer-routing timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 1200. The default is 150. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1682
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1683
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the support for IPV6 / IPV4. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.2) ntroduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. peer-routing-timeout Configure the delay after which peer routing is disabled when the peer is unavailable. This command is applicable for both IPV6/ IPV4.
PAGE 1684
primary-priority Assign the priority for master election among VLT peers. Z9500 Syntax Parameters [no] primary-priority value To configure the primary role on a VLT peer, enter a lower value than the priority value of the remote peer. The range is from 1 to 65535. Default 32768 Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1685
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1686
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1687
Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1688
Total Non-VLT Arp Entries Synced IGMP MRouter Vlans count : IGMP Mcast Groups count : Total VLT Ndp Entries Learnt : Total VLT Ndp Entries Synced : Total Non-VLT Ndp Entries Learnt : Total Non-VLT Ndp Entries Synced : 0 2 0 0 0 show vlt detail Displays detailed status information about VLT domains currently configured on the switch. Z9500 Syntax show vlt detail Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1689
show vlt inconsistency Display run-time inconsistencies in the incoming interface (IIF) for spanned multicast routes. Z9500 Syntax show vlt inconsistency ip mroute Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
PAGE 1690
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1691
Status field denotes the type of the VLAN port of the VLTi link configured in a PVLAN. Example Dell#show vlt private-vlan vlan-id Codes: C- Community, I – Isolated, V – Internally tagged, T – tagged, * - VLT Pvlan Primary Secondary ICL Status 10 V (*) 20(C) V 30 (I) V 40 50(C) 60 (I) T T T show vlt role Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priority, and the MAC address and priority of the local VLT device.
PAGE 1692
Dell_VLTpeer2# show vlt role VLT Role ---------VLT Role: System MAC address: System Role Priority: Local System MAC address: Local System Role Priority: Secondary 00:01:e8:8a:df:bc 32768 00:01:e8:8a:df:e6 32768 show vlt statistics Displays statistics on VLT operations. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show vlt statistics [arp | domain | igmp-snoop | mac | multicast | ndp] domain Display the VLT statistics for the domain. multicast Display the VLT statistics for multicast.
PAGE 1693
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.12.0 Added support in the output for ARP, MAC, and IGMP snooping. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear vlt statistics — clears the statistics on VLT operations. Example NOTE: The following example shows the statistics for all of the VLT parameters. If you enter a specific keyword, such as mac, only the statistics for that VLT parameter displays.
PAGE 1694
NDP NA VLT Tunnel Pkts sent:16 NDP NA VLT Tunnel Pkts Rcvd:46 NDP NA Non-VLT Tunnel Pkts sent:0 NDP NA Non-VLT Tunnel Pkts Rcvd:0 Ndp-sync Pkts Sent:144 Ndp-sync Pkts Rcvd:105 Ndp Reg Request sent:25 Ndp Reg Request rcvd:24 show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Displays the informational packets and IGMP control PDUs that are exchanged between VLT peer nodes. Z9500 Syntax show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1695
system-mac Reconfigure the default MAC address for the domain. Z9500 Syntax Parameters system-mac mac-address mac-address Enter the system MAC address for the VLT domain. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1696
Parameters 0|1 Configure the default unit ID of a VLT peer switch. Enter 0 for the first peer or enter 1 for the second peer. Defaults Automatically assigned based on the MAC address of each VLT peer. The peer with the lower MAC address is assigned unit 0; the peer with the higher MAC address is assigned unit 1. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1697
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.
PAGE 1698
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1699
VLT Proxy Gateway 55 You can configure a proxy gateway in VLT domains. A proxy gateway enables you to locally route the packets that are destined to a L3 endpoint in another VLT domain. proxy-gateway lldp Configure the LLDP proxy gateway Z9500 Syntax proxy-gateway lldp Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch.
PAGE 1700
proxy-gateway static Configure the VLT static proxy gateway Z9500 Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information When proxy-gateway static configuration is made, the setting is saved in the Layer 2 application.
PAGE 1701
Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8 Command Modes Command History VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW STATIC Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information You can configure the remote MAC address of the VLT peer to be associated with the static VLT proxy gateway and exclude a VLAN or a range of VLANs from proxy routing. This parameter is for a static VLT proxy gateway configuration.
PAGE 1702
Command History Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information You can configure the port channel interface that must be associated with the LLDP proxy gateway and exclude a VLAN or a range of VLANs from proxy routing. This parameter is for an LLDP proxy gateway configuration.
PAGE 1703
vlt-peer-mac transmit Configures a peer to sent its VLT peer's MAC address along with its LLDP TLV. Z9500 Syntax [no] vlt-peer-mac transmit Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch.
PAGE 1704
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. At any point of time the proxy-gateway feature may go operationally down for the following reasons, 1) LLDP globally disabled 2) LLDP disabled per port 3) VLT port-channel is down 5) LLDP neighbor down So, the proxy-gateway feature could be operationally down though properly configured and this will be reported in the “show command”.
PAGE 1705
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) 56 Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system. IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. Z9500 Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 1706
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers.
PAGE 1707
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The given password is encrypted by the system and the show config displays an encrypted text string for any of the encrypted typed used. clear counters vrrp Clear the counters maintained on VRRP operations.
PAGE 1708
debug vrrp Allows you to enable debugging of VRRP. Z9500 Syntax debug vrrp interface [vrrp-id] {all | bfd | database | interface | ipv6 | packets | state | timer} To disable debugging, use the no debug vrrp interface [vrrp-id] {all | bfd | database | interface | ipv6 | packets | state | timer} command. Parameters 1708 interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information • For Port Channel interface types, enter the keywords port-channel then the number.
PAGE 1709
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.
PAGE 1710
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Disable a VRRP group. Z9500 Syntax disable To re-enable a disabled VRRP group, use the no disable command. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1711
To return to the default value, use the no hold-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is zero (0) seconds. centisecs centisecs Enter the keyword centisecs then the number of centisecs in units of 25 centisecs . The range is from 0 to 65525 in units of 25 centisecs. Defaults zero (0) seconds or or (0) centiseconds Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1712
Defaults Enabled (that is, a BACKUP router can preempt the MASTER router). Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1713
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To guarantee that a VRRP group becomes MASTER, configure the VRRP group’s virtual address with same IP address as the interface’s primary IP address and change the priority of the VRRP group to 255.
PAGE 1714
Example Dell(conf-if-vrid-4)#show con vrrp-group 4 virtual-address 119.192.182.124 ! show vrrp View the VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the system returns No Active VRRP group. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show vrrp [vrrp-id] [interface] [brief][ipv6] vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the Virtual Router Identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 1715
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show vrrp brief command shown in the following example. Item Description Interface Lists the interface type, slot and port on which the VRRP group is configured. Grp Displays the VRRP group ID. Pri Displays the priority value assigned to the interface.
PAGE 1716
Usage Information The following describes the show vrrp command shown in the following example. Item Description TenGigabitEthern et 12/3... Displays the Interface, the VRRP group ID, and the network address. If the interface is not sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network address. State: master... Displays the interface’s state: • Na/If (not available) • master (MASTER virtual router) • backup (BACKUP virtual router) the interface’s priority and the IP address of the MASTER.
PAGE 1717
State: Master, Priority: 105, Master: 10.1.1.253 (local) Hold Down: 0 sec, Preempt: TRUE, AdvInt: 1 sec Adv rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 1862, Gratuitous ARP sent: 0 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:01:01 Virtual IP address: 10.1.1.252 Authentication: (none) Tracking states for 1 interfaces: Up TenGigabitEthernet 1/17 priority-cost 10 -----------------TenGigabitEthernet 1/4, VRID: 2, Net: 10.1.2.253 State: Master, Priority: 110, Master: 10.1.2.
PAGE 1718
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. You can use the version both command to migrate from VRRPv2 to VRRPv3. When you set the VRRP protocol version to both, the switch sends only VRRPv3 advertisements but can receive either VRRPv2 or VRRPv3 packets. To migrate an IPv4 VRRP group from VRRPv2 to VRRPv3: 1. Set the switches with the lowest priority to “both”. 2. Set the switch with the highest priority to version to 3. 3.
PAGE 1719
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced support for telnetting to the VRRP group IP address assigned using this command. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1720
Usage Information Related Command Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. This command applies to a single interface. When used with the vrrp delay reload CLI, the later timer rules the VRRP enabling.
PAGE 1721
Usage Information This command applies to all the VRRP configured interfaces on a system. When used with the vrrp delay minimum CLI, the later timer rules the VRRP enabling. For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and the vrrp delay minimum is 300: • When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for VRRP.
PAGE 1722
Related Command virtual-address — assigns up to 12 virtual IP addresses per VRRP group. IPv6 VRRP Commands The following are IPv6 VRRP commands. • clear counters vrrp ipv6 • debug vrrp ipv6 • show vrrp ipv6 • vrrp-ipv6-group The following commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: • advertise-interval • description • disable • hold-time • preempt • priority • show config • virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups.
PAGE 1723
Version Description 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in non-default VRF instances. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. debug vrrp ipv6 Allows you to enable debugging of VRRP.
PAGE 1724
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series.
PAGE 1725
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1726
Line Beginning with Description • Example Bad pkts rcvd displays the number of invalid packets received on the interface. Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group. Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected. Tracking states... Displays information on the tracked interfaces or objects configured for a VRRP group (track command), including: • UP or DOWN state of the tracked interface or object (Up or Dn).
PAGE 1727
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.4.2.1 The range of valid VRID values on the E-Series when VRF microcode is loaded in CAM changed from 1 to 15. 8.4.1.